diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha')
26 files changed, 9357 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4fe348268 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer + * + * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore + * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen. + */ + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Colemak, except backspace/tab + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW fF pP gG | jJ lL uU yY ;: Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA rR sS tT dD | hH nN eE iI oO '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | kK mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_F , KC_P , KC_G , KC_J , KC_L , KC_U , KC_Y , KC_SCLN , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_R , KC_S , KC_T , KC_D , KC_H , KC_N , KC_E , KC_I , KC_O , KC_QUOT , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_K , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Colemak base layer above (unchanged from Qwerty). + * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab). + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Colemak layer _..._BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) +*/ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cafd7ddf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Colemak +===================== + +This file details the compile version `#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE, BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE`. +This is a Colemak layout. + +Control follows Unix logic here (left/center), not Colemak Backspace. + +Colemak keymaps +--------------- + +──────────Colemak────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + ───────────────Colemak──────────────── + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Colemak, except backspace/tab + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW fF pP gG | jJ lL uU yY ;: Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA rR sS tT dD | hH nN eE iI oO '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | kK mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift. + +The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer. + +Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + + +- - - + + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). (Same as Qwerty numbers layer.) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + + +- - - + + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be9685632c --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: default BASE layer (Dvorak) + * + * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore + * space is not dual use (most used key), neither is hyphen. + */ + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (LeTteRs, standard Dvorak) + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ + LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + … … + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ³) 'South paw' hardware configuration + ⁴) 'Arrow' hardware configuration + ³ ⁴) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ⁵) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ⁶) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd>, ring>, pink>, pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + KC_ESC , KC_QUOT , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_P , KC_Y , KC_F , KC_G , KC_C , KC_R , KC_L , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_O , KC_E , KC_U , KC_I , KC_D , KC_H , KC_T , KC_N , KC_S , KC_MINS , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_SCLN , KC_Q , KC_J , KC_K , KC_X , KC_B , KC_M , KC_W , KC_V , KC_Z , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols. + * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab). + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} /? \| =+ | + | ? { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … +*/ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_SLSH , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_QUES , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dabcc7ade --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Dvorak +==================== + +This file details the compile version `#define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE, +BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE`. This is a Dvorak layout. + +Dvorak keymaps +-------------- + +──────────Dvorak─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + Layer _..._BASE (LeTteRs, standard Dvorak) + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ + LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _DEF_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _DEF_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift. + +The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer. + +Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + +- - - + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} /? \| =+ | + | ? { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +- - - + +Key associations +---------------- +Key placement associations between layers for Dvorak. + + + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78ad63ca64 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + * + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layers _ALT_BASE, _ALT_NSY: Descramble basic layers if the computer itself is + * applying Dvorak remapping. + * + * When a computer is already set to Dvorak, connecting a + * keyboard which is natively Dvorak results in garbage. + * The computer side normal keycodes to Dvorak remapping goes + * on top of the wrong input, resulting in the following being + * effective: + * + * _DEF_BASE layer: | + * Esc - w v l f u i j p n Bspc + * Tab a r . g c e d y b o [ + * Sht s ' h t q x m , k ; Sht + * Enter Space + * _DEF_NSY layer: | + * _DEF_BASE ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Bspc + * [ 1 2 3 4 5 \ ] z / = ` + * Sht 0 9 8 7 6 | } Z ? + ` + * Enter Space + * + * _ACC layer: | + * <just semi-random character strings> + * + * _DRA, _BON: same as _ACC: garbage. + * + * To solve this results in the strange layout given below. + * The result is close to a Qwerty layout. It will not be ideal + * for Qwerty typers because the symbols are not arranged that + * well. + */ + + + /* Layer _ALT_BASE: Descrambled _DEF_BASE layer for a computer already set to Dvorak (see above). + * It is a copy of _DEF_BASE, with moved around stuff, and points to _ALT_NSY instead + * of _DEF_NSY, because that too has some descrambled symbols. The rest is the same. + * + */ + +// This layout is only foreseen on ‛Alternate’. + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _ALT_BASE (Dvorak descramble mode for letters, end result shown) + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ + LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _ALT_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _ALT_NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━━━━━━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + + + _ALT_BASE input results in the same as _DEF_BASE with computer side Dvorak remapping. Only shown what changes: + + '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL // row 4, result + oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ // row 3, result + ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB wW vV zZ // row 2, result + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + _ALT_NSY _ALT_NSY // row 1, result + + (Keys for 'aA', '\|' and 'mM' are the same in Dvorak and Qwerty.) + + */ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, middle> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , -!- , + KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + + /* Layer _ALT_NSY: Descrambled _DEF_NSY layer for a computer already set to Dvorak (see just above). + * + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _ALT_NSY (Dvorak descramble mode for numbers/symbols) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht -_ =+ [{ \| ]} | } | { _ + `~+RSht // row 2, raw + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + _ALT_NSY input results in the same as _DEF_NSY with computer side Dvorak remapping. Only shown what changes: + + [{ ]} /? =+ | + ? { } // row 2, result + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , -*- , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_MINS , KC_EQL , KC_LBRC , KC_BSLS , KC_RBRC , KC_RCBR , KC_PIPE , KC_LCBR , KC_UNDS , KC_PLUS , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74b69f7ed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Dvorak² +===================== + +This file details the compile version `#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE` +which has a special version of Dvorak so that you can type Dvorak on a computer +*already* set to do Dvorak layout re-mapping. + +This can be useful on for example a laptop, for which the build-in +keyboard should to be in Dvorak. + +Dvorak² keymaps +--------------- + +──────────Dvorak─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + Layer _ALT_BASE (Dvorak descramble mode for letters) + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... // -o- BASE access + Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ + LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _ALT_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _ALT_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━━━━━━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + + + This layer input results in the same as normal Dvorak if computer side Dvorak remapping is occuring. + Only shown what changes: + + '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL // row 4, result + oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ // row 3, result + ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB wW vV zZ // row 2, result + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + _ALT_NSY _ALT_NSY // row 1, result + + (Keys for 'aA', '\|' and 'mM' are the same in Dvorak and Qwerty.) + +- - - + + Layer _ALT_NSY (Dvorak descramble mode for numbers-symbols) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht -_ =+ [{ \| ]} | } | { _ + `~+RSht // row 2, raw + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + This layer input results in the same as regular Dvorak _..._NSY layer, if computer side Dvorak remapping + is occuring. Only shown what changes: + + [{ ]} /? =+ | + ? { } // row 2, result + +- - - + +Special feature: 'Descramble' mode +================================== + + + + This is an option to take care of typing normally on a computer already + set to Dvorak ('descramble' mode.) + + Activation: go to `_RAR` layer, than touch what is space bar on the BASE layer + (the key just right from the middle on the first row). This cycles through the modes. + + ⮚ When the left led is white: normal mode. + ⮚ Right led white: full descramble mode (Linux descrambled Unicode input). + ⮚ Middle led white: half descramble mode, with normal Unicode input system. + + With the middle led set to white, you can take advantage of a Unicode + input mode that works on your system, if it is the same when the + computer is set to Dvorak or not (see `_RAR` layer for Unicode input + encoding selection). This more or less means there is one more Unicode + encoding option than already standard in QMK: 'descrambled' version for + Linux (Shift-Control-U HEX) encoding, for use on a computer *already* set to + Dvorak. + + To test it, (in Debian/Linux) go to a terminal in X and type (normal user) + + > setxkbmap -layout us -variant dvorak + + Undo: + + > setxkbmap -layout us + + Unicode on Windos operating system may require to install something special. + + +Key associations +---------------- +Key placement associations between layers for Dvorak. + + + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4dd5f3ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + +// See the user configuration file: ./base_numpad.h + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + +// This is moved into ./user_config.h, because global #defines are affected. +//((#include "./base_numpad.h" // Pull in the user configuration)) + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: default BASE layer (Dvorak) + * + * This thing is different from the usual different letters arrangement. + * It is a numbers pad, one for the left hand, and one for the right + * hand. Both are as identical as possible. The use case is the same as + * a number pad keyboard: single handed numbers input. + * + * The number 5 is under the middle finger home row, as expected for blind + * number pad typing. + * + * The left/upper key, where normally BASE is located, is now OTHER_BASE. + * That switches the board to the ‛Default’ layout, which is effectively the + * same way as a return to BASE in the sense of BASE being the letters/layer + * switch layer. “Other Base” reached from the normal letters/layer-switching + * BASE layout will then turn the keyboard into these number pads layers. + * + * A modified Numbers&Symbols layer _NSY is still supplied with this Numbers + * Pad layout (as with other Base layers). + * + * The standard numbers pad layer _PAD also still exists. That one has the + * numbers arranged differently. + * + */ + +// When putting this layer on ‛Default’, it produced undesired side effects: +// • _RAR and _MOV hold keys on the ‛Alternate’ letters layer, failed to switch back. +// • Parts of the Numbers Pad keys got activated through transparent layer switch keys on letters layer. +// Since there is no use for Numpad on ‛Default’ Base anyway, this is simply not supported, which seems to solve the problem. + + +# ifndef NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE + + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, square layout) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo Bspc 7 8 9 - | Bspc 7 8 9 - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE + = * 4 5 6 + | * 4 5 6 + = + _NSY¹ / 1 2 3 , | / 1 2 3 , _NSY¹ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + xxx 0 . Ent | NumL 0 . Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …² + + Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo Bspc Home Up PgUp - | Bspc Home Up PgUp - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE + = * Left 5 Right + | * Left 5 Right + = // modified 5 + _NSY¹ / End Down PgDn , | / End Down PgDn , _NSY¹ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + xxx Ins Del Ent | NumL Ins Del Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …² + + ₁) Toggle to the accompanying Super-Sub-Script (_NSY) layer. + ₂) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx , <ind|, indx> , inde> , midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + OTHER_BASE_GO , KC_BSPC , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , + KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_EQUAL , + CTO_NUMS , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , CTO_NUMS , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + XXXXXXX + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 // Note anomaly, not MORE_key1_BASE: numpad is treated as a common layer here, because that is ± how it functions. +# endif + + , KC_KP_0 , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0 +// ---⬇ +// Note anomaly: the additional 'arrow' hardware key is shifted one to the +// left, compared to other Base layouts, and so is TRANS_RIGHT This is to +// maintain 'window/command' key on the same key between layers. + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + + //, MORE_key2 + , KC__YGUI + +// Note anomaly: not the usual configurable key (MORE_key2), but GUI. This +// is because position has shifted already, and this GUI allows all the usual +// keys on a 100% keyboard to be reached with all modifiers, including GUIs, +// if 'command' hardware key is included. Unfortunately this causes a gap +// in the numpad layout, but pressing GUI by itself in error will unlikely +// produce serious mistakes. Maintaining similar keys between layers seems +// more important. Since Numpad already is a navigation cluster, it seems +// more important to allow all keys to be reachable with all modifiers, +// including GUIs, than to have a quick switch over to the _MOV layer here. +// Obviously it is fair enough to do this differently, but if someone needs a +// Numpad + either GUI key combination, that could be a real problem without +// GUIs here, whereas adding a _MOV switch is a matter of convenience. It +// seems important to be able to type anything a regular 100% keyboard can, +// or as near to it as possible. +// +// These anomalies are the same for all the Numpad layers here. + +# endif +// ---⬆ + , KC_KP_DOT + + , KC_KP_ENTER +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _ALT_NSY: super-/sub-script numbers numpad, square layout + */ + + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (super-/sub-script numbers, Numlock on/off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - | Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc + = * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + = + LSht / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht + -*- <|> -*- //(toggle) Access on Base + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +*/ +//High/low numbers guide: +//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ +//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx , <ind|, indx> , inde> , midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_BSPC , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , + KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_EQUAL , + KC_LSFT , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + XXXXXXX + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , XP_DRA_BJ , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , XXXXXXX , XP_DRA_BJ + +// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys: +// ---⬇ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + //, MORE_key2 + , KC__YGUI +# endif +// ---⬆ + , KC_KP_DOT + + , KC_KP_ENTER +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# else // NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE is defined ==================================================================== + + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + + * Layer Numbers Pad on Base: + * « See also documentation in keymap.c at _PAD layer, of which this is almost entirely a copy » + * One difference is the key to go to the _ALT_NSY layer (denoted “NUMS:” just below). + * The other difference is the key to switch to default Base and also immediately goes there + * (denoted “!AlterGo” here). + + Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock on) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁ + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …¹ + + Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁ + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl // modified 5 + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +*/ + +//High/low numbers guide: +//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ +//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , , + OTHER_BASE_GO , CTO_NUMS , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + KC_LALT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0 + +// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys: +// ---⬇ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + //, MORE_key2 + , KC__YGUI +# endif +// ---⬆ + , KC_KP_DOT + + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + + * Layer Numbers Pad on Base: + * This layer is the same as the above, except the numbers are in super-/sub-script. + * + + Layer _ALT_NSY (Number pad, with NumLock on/off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + … | …¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +*/ + +//High/low numbers guide: +//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ +//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , XXXXXXX , XP_DRA_BJ + +// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys: +// ---⬇ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + //, MORE_key2 + , KC__YGUI +# endif +// ---⬆ + , KC_KP_DOT + + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1> + + ), + +# endif // NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86baf95a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + + /* ➡ Number pad Configuration ⬅ + * + * This concerns this Base layer in the shape of a numerical key pad, not the numerical + * key pad layer which is part of the common layer system, which is defined and configured + * elsewhere (see ./user_config.h). + * + * _Activate_ the below to have a single keypad definition on this layer, for the right + * hand. Modifiers are also defined. + * _Remove_ the below to have two keypad definitions on this Base layer, one for each hand. + * + * In both cases, you can reach the accompanying number pad layer with the super-/sub-script + * numbers. For either option, there is a matching * super-/sub-script layer, which is + * automatically compiled with it. + */ + #define NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE // _Activate_ to resemble a one handed numerical keyboard, for right hand. + // _Remove_ to have two numerical key pads, side by side, one for each hand. + // + /* Tip: When in doubt it might be best to choose the single handed layer, because it + * resembles a regular keyboard more, and has modifier combinations. + */ + + + /* ➡ Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer ⬅ + * + * You may have no use for this common layer, if you have a numerical + * keypad on the Alternate Base already. + * + * While _PAD layer gives quick uncluttered access to Control, Shift and Alt + * to modify your pointer device input, the _MOV layer does the same. You + * end up with the same functionality, with or without _PAD, in this matter. + * + * This does precisely the same as REMOVE_PAD in ./user_config.h, but this + * setting here overrides any setting in ./user_config.h + */ +//#define REMOVES_PAD // _Activate_ to strip out the _PAD layer, _remove_ to have the _PAD layer. + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + +// The below sets some things up based on the above #defines. + +// Stripping out _PAD layer, sets the #define used global configuration file ./user_config.h +# ifdef REMOVES_PAD // this file +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // user_config.h +# define REMOVE_PAD // removes _PAD layer +# endif +# endif +// Inserting the _PAD layer, even if stripped in ./user_config.h +# ifndef REMOVES_PAD // this file +# ifdef REMOVE_PAD // user_config.h +# undef REMOVE_PAD // activtaes _PAD layer +# endif +# endif diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ebe9a29d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compile options +--------------- + +In  this base layout is configured. + +• Single numpad. + +This number pad choice only has a number pad for the right hand. The +usual modifiers are in their expected places. + +The single numbers pad variation is also a compile option for the _common +layer_ `_PAD`, albeit without a super/subscript auxilery layer. + +• Dual numpad. + +This numbers pad choice has a number pad for each hand. There are two +number pads together on the keyboard at once. + +Numpad keymaps +============== + +Single numpad +------------- + +──────────Numpad─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +The otherwise ‛common’ layers are not directly available in this special layout. +You can still reach them as normal through your other Base layer. + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + + +Layers (text) + + Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock on) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁ + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + LGUI | RGUI¹ + + Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁ + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl // modified 5 + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ | ^ + LGUI | RGUI¹ + + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +- - - + + Layer _ALT_NSY (Number pad, with NumLock on/off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ | ^ + LGUI | RGUI¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +Dual numpad +----------- + + + +──────────Numpad─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +The otherwise ‛common’ layers are not directly available in this special layout. +You can still reach them as normal through your other Base layer. + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + + +Layers (text) + + ───────────────Numpad──────────────── + + Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, square layout) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo Bspc 7 8 9 - | Bspc 7 8 9 - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE + = * 4 5 6 + | * 4 5 6 + = + _NSY¹ / 1 2 3 , | / 1 2 3 , _NSY¹ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + xxx 0 . Ent | NumL 0 . Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ | ^ + LGUI | RGUI² + + Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2> + <|> + !AlterGo Bspc Home Up PgUp - | Bspc Home Up PgUp - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE + = * Left 5 Right + | * Left 5 Right + = // modified 5 + _NSY¹ / End Down PgDn , | / End Down PgDn , _NSY¹ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + xxx Ins Del Ent | NumL Ins Del Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ | ^ + LGUI | RGUI² + + ₁) Toggle to the accompanying Super-Sub-Script (_NSY) layer. + ₂) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + +- - - + + Layer _..._BASE (super-/sub-script numbers, Numlock on/off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - | Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc + = * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + = + LSht / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht + -*- <|> -*- //(toggle) Access on Base + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ | ^ + LGUI | RGUI¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left. + + +Special Base layer Numpad +========================= + +This is a layout resembling a “numbers pad”. A “numbers pad” +is a separate square on a 100% sized keyboard, or separate keypad. + +Unlike more usual base layers choices, which typically contain a letters +layout and access to all the common layers, this ‛Base’ layer is +quite different. Once you have switched to it, you lack keys to access +all ‛common’ layers. + +You can only switch back to your ‛regular’ base layer, or switch to a +second form of the numbers pad. This second layer is called “auxilery” +layer here, but technically it is the same thing as the numbers/symbols +`_NSY` layer, which accompanies a letters layer like Qwerty or Dvorak. + +Use the top left key from the numbers pad layer, to switch back to the +other ‛Base’ layer. This is also unique to this special ‛Base’ layer, +but similar to the way the “common layers” switch back to Base. + +The other Base layer (once you are in this Number Pad layer) for most +people will be a letters layer with Qwerty, Dvorak or some other layout +on it, in which the keyboard will start up. To reach the numbers pad +Base layer, use the key ‛Other Base’ on the `_RAR` layer. + + +Led colors +---------- + +The led colors for this ‛Base’ layer are different from the usual. They show +the state of the Numbers Lock, on or off. Colors are green/light-blue/blue to +indicate Numbers Lock is off, which means the navigation cluster is active. +Colors are blue/light-blue/green to indicate the Numbers Lock is on, +meaning you can type numbers. + +This follows the same scheme as the `_PAD` layer, which in turn follows +the logic of the `_NSY` (numbers/symbols) layer being blue, and the `_MOV` +(movement/navigation) layer being green, in such a way that the left most +led is the indicator thereof, following reading direction left to right. The +brightness of the leds is diminished, to indicate the difference with `_PAD` +layer (whether or not that layer is compiled). + + +Auxilery numpad layer +--------------------- + +With the numbers pad layer comes a second layer, as is normal for +all Base layer choices. This second layer is the same as the normal +numbers pad, except the numbers are in super- ⁽¹²³⁾ or sub-script +₍₁₂₃₎. + +The numbers on the second layer become subscript when Shift is pressed, +otherwise they are in super-script. These super-/sub-script forms of the +numbers Unicode (see the `_RAR` layer). + +This second form of numbers pad is reached from keys on the numbers pad +Base layer. You can switch back to the regular numbers pad, with the +upper/left key. Another key stroke from there on the upper/left key, +will bring you back to what is likely your regular typing layer. + + +Auxilery numpad layer led colors +-------------------------------- + +For the second layer that comes with it, with super-/sub-script numbers, +the led colors are what they “normally” are (for other compile +choices) for this layer (the ‛Alternate‛ Base accompanying layer, +usually numbers/symbols): blue/blue/light-blue. There is no indication +of Numbers Lock on this layer, although a few keys are altered by Numbers +Lock (Dot/Delete ‛.’, and Enter). + + +‛Arrow’ additional hardware key +=============================== + +Unlike with other layers: the optional ‛arrow’ hardware key on the +right hand is not inserted between the last and second last keys on the +right, and neither is it set to the configurable default value (toggle +`_MOV` layer). Instead, this key is inserted one key over to the left, +and it is set to GUI. + +The reason is that this GUI will line up with the GUI on the ‛Base’ +layer. If combined with the ‛command’ hardware key on the right, set +to the other GUI, you can reach all Numbers Pad keys with all modifiers, +including both GUIs. + +Another reason is that a typical use of the additional hardware +key on the right (called ‛Arrow’) will by default lead to a navigation +layer, however the Numbers Pad already has its own navigation. To add +a toggle to `_MOV` would be a matter of convenience, whereas not being +able to reach all Numbers Pad keys with either GUI could represent a +serious problem. + +Downsides to this design are the loss of default ‛Arrow’ hardware key +use on this layer, and a sort of gap of one key in the Numbers Pad layout. +The downsides seem to be matters of style and convenience, whereas not +being able to type whatever you can on a 100% keyboard could be a serious +problem for someone (keyboard shortcuts mainly). + +There is no default solution to type everything with all modifiers +including the GUIs, without adding the additional hardware key(s). +Obviously it is possible to just stick a GUI on a free spot, but that +makes things chaotic. Single pad Numbers Pad could be re-arranged to +make room for GUI, which would loose more of its similarity to other +keyboards. + + +Numbers pads everywhere ? +========================= + +Perhaps the amount of options for a numberical keypad are a bit overkill. +It had to do with how it developed. + +For some overview of your options: + + ① Common layer numerical keypad. Just another layer, like `_RAR`, `_BON`, etc. + + 1. You can have a numerical keypad in the _common layers._ + 2. You can also remove this layer entirely. + + 3. This “common layers” numbers pad is activated through the Base layer, on Left Shift tap. + 4. Returns to ‛Default Base’ with upper/left key. + + 5. Variation of form: right hand square form, resembling a key pad on + other keyboards. + 6. Variation of form: the numbers in a straight line, resembling the + `_NSY` layer and other layers. + + ② A numerical keypad on the other ‛Base’ layer, in the dual layout system. + + 1. You can have a numerical keypad on the ‛Alternate Base’ position. + 2. You can also put something different on ‛Alternate Base’, such as a + Colemak layout. + + 3. This layer is activated through the `_RAR` layer, by choosing ‛Other + Base’. + 4. Returns to ‛Default Base’ with upper/left key, effectively the same as with + the common numerical keypad layer, and all other common layers. + + 5. Variation of form: right hand square form, resembling a key pad on + other keyboards. + 6. Variation of form: dual handed square form, so you have a key pad for + each hand. + + 7. For all variation of form, there is an accompanying layer which is + the same, except the numbers are in Unicode super (unshifted) and + sub-script (shifted). + +Some examples: + +① As close to a 100% ‛regular’ keyboard as possible. + + If you have no use for ‛Alternate Base’ with anything else, you could put + the single handed numerical keypad there, and remove the common `_PAD` layer + to have less mental clutter. + + This makes accessing `_MOV` on Left Shift easier, you have modifiers with + the numerical keypad, and you have super/sub-script as well (although its use + is probably rather rare). + +② The predictable numbers typing option. + + If you want ‛Alternate Base’ to have something else (or nothing + at all), keep the `_PAD` layer, and choose straight line numbers, + so that you don't have to learn a second way to type numbers, if you + ever have a need to type keypad numbers (which could be quite rare). + + In this version, you are not envisioning the use of keypad navigation, + but rather use regular `_MOV` layer navigation. (This was the original + programming on the keyboard, before more options developed; it follows + the overall logic that the same or similar keys are in the same or + similar positions.) + +③ The everything option. + + You could keep both `_PAD` with straight lined up numbers if you like typing + all numbers the same way, and also compile numpad single square on ‛Alternate + Base’ to have good access to a regular numerical keypad, should you ever need + it, and/or to have an easier to access navigation cluster there (easier than + navigation on the straight line numpad variation that is, where navigation + is difficult). + +④ The numerical keyboard specialist. + + You could compile it for both hands, if you type so much on a numerical + keypad, that it is useful to be fast on it with either hand. + + It will be harder to type on the double numerical keyboard with modifiers + (Shift, Control, Alt), but if you compile with the common numbers pad layer, + you can reach such combinations there. To keep things similar, you can compile + this common numbers pad layer with numbers in square form, rather than a straight + line. diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..472233073f --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer + * + * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore + * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen. + */ + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Qwerty base layer above. + * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab). + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) +*/ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 +// Harmonizes with ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’, so that if both are compiled, the user isn't +// messing up this key on this Qwerty layout, which has to be different in the other Qwerty. +# ifdef QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE + , KC_SLSH , // Same as in ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’ +# else + , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , // Default +# endif + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b140981ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Qwerty +==================== + +This file details the compile version `#define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE, BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE`. +This is a Qwerty layout. + +Qwerty keymaps +-------------- + +──────────Qwerty─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + ───────────────Qwerty───────────────── + + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is standard Qwerty + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _DEF_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _DEF_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift. + +The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer. + +Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + + +- - - + + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _DEF_BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + + +- - - + +Key associations +---------------- +Key placement associations between layers for Qwerty. + + + + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10ef88b4d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty with arrows on Base, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer + * + * - This version of Qwerty puts arrows on Base, and assumes the 'arrow' hardware key. + * When not compiled with 'arrow' hardware key, Base will not contain ‛down arrow’. + * + * This does not mean that this is the recommended version of Qwerty in general for + * the 'arrow' hardware key with Qwerty. Regular Qwerty works with the additional + * hardware key 'arrow'. The regular Qwerty compile option just works differently + * than this version with arrows on Base. Regular qwerty has the additional hardware + * key on the right be a toggle to _MOV layer, where you then have arrows in the same + * area. Notice further that in all cases, you have a hold key to the _MOV layer under + * what is colloqually known as the ‛left space bar’, which leads to convenient arrow + * keys in the home row. + * + * Putting directional arrow keys on the Base layer will cost you several keys on + * the Base layer: hold _RAR, GUI, and ‛/?’. + * • The ‛/?’ key is displaced to the _NSY layer. + * • The GUI key is lost. You could decide to also use the ‛south paw’/‛command’ + * hardware key, which is a GUI by default. + * • Hold key to _RAR layer is lost. You can only reach _RAR layer, using the right + * shift toggle, which is on a short timer. + * + * My recommendation would be: see if you can make things work with regular Qwerty + * if you are a 10 fingers typist, first. Moving your hand to this arrow cluster + * seems to be a high cost to pay. You will also loose the default location for ‛/?’. + * + * For special need situations regarding this right hand row1/2 arrow cluster, a + * tap to _MOV layer on the ‛arrow’ hardware key, should be a reasonable cost to + * pay, if a situation is already important enough to decide to move your hand there. + * For short uses of arrow keys, holding to the _MOV layer is the most efficient. + * + * If you are not a 10 finger typist though, holding a key to _MOV layer seems to be + * inconvenient, and thus arrows on Base could be better for you. + * + * Hence my conclusion: only compile ‛Qwerty with arrows on Base’ if the regular + * Qwerty isn't working for you. + * + */ + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty with arrows on Base + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> Up RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) Left Right + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (Down) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration. Set to Down Arrow. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_UP , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , + // KC_SLSH +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + + , KC_LEFT + // , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , KC_DOWN + // , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , KC_RIGHT + // , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Qwerty base layer above. + * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab). + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) /? + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht + ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) +*/ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , KC_SLSH , // Sacrificing RCTL, because these are major symbols, which seem to warrant being uncluttered. + // RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_GRV ) , // ` and ~ are often on a diminutive key on mini keyboards, therefore not sacrificing this Shift key. + // RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb5ab5ae2f --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2021 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + + /* • Harmonize regular Qwerty + * + * If compiling this ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’ base pair with regular Qwerty on + * the other base pair (dual layout), the key ‛/?’ is on a different key + * in these two layouts. This is bound to cause typing errors. With this + * option you can cause the regular Qwerty to also have a ‛/?’ in the same + * spot as ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’ has it, sacrificing Right Control/‛`~’ there. + * + * Regular Qwerty will still also have a ‛/?’ key in the normal Qwerty location. + * + * The key ‛`~’ can be reached through other means: just below on numbers & + * symbols _NSY layer, or on the bonus Unicode layer _BON (on the far left, home row). + * This is so by default, it remains unchanged. + */ + #define QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE // _Activate_ to harmonize the ‛/?’ key in the regular Qwerty layout. + // _Remove_ leave regular Qwerty layout unchanged from default. + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f90ba309cc --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Qwerty with arrows on Base +======================================== + +This version of Qwerty puts arrows on Base, and assumes the 'arrow' hardware key. + +You have to manually set *#define `MORE_KEY__ARROW`* in `./user_config.h`, +If not compiled with ‛Arrow’ hardware key, Base will not contain ‛Down arrow’. +You do not have to worry about what to set the additional hardware key to, on +the Base layer. This will be set to Down Arrow, to complete that arrow cluster. + +The option `QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE` in `./base_qwerty_basearrow.h` is set +by default, causing the key ‛/?’ in the _regular_ Qwerty layout to _also_ be +located in the same spot as in this ‛Qwerty with Arrows on Base’ layout. See +the header file `./base_qwerty_basearrow.h` for more details. + + +Is arrows on Base efficient ? +============================= + +This variation of Qwerty is not necessarily the recommended version of +Qwerty for a board with the additional ‛Arrow’ hardware key. +The regular Qwerty compile option can provide good arrow access. + +Putting directional arrow keys on the Base layer will cost you several +keys on the Base layer: hold to layer `_RAR` (power, media, etc. layer), +GUI, and ‛/?’. + +• The ‛/?’ key is displaced to the `_NSY` (numbers & symbols) layer, and is not + in the default spot for a Qwerty layout. + +• The GUI key is lost. You could decide to also use the ‛south paw’/‛command’ + hardware key, which is a GUI by default. + +• Hold key to `_RAR` layer is lost. You can only reach `_RAR` layer using the + right shift toggle, which is on a short timer. + + +Have it both ways +================= + +You could compile regular Qwerty on one of the Base pairs (‛Default’ or +‛Alternate’), and Qwerty _with Arrows on Base_ on the other. That way +you can switch to see what works for you. You could leave it like +that, and choose what you want depending on what you are doing. + + +Qwerty keymaps +-------------- + +──────────Qwerty─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + ───────────────Qwerty───────────────── + + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty with arrows on Base + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> Up RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) Left Right + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (Down) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration. Set to Down Arrow. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift. + +The key with ';' (Del;`_ACC`) does not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`. + +Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + + +- - - + + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) /? + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht + ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + + +- - - diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc157d69e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2021 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- + +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + /* Redefine a layer in this file + * + * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer + * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use + * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for + * your new layer. + */ +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR +// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._BASE: Workman, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer + * + * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore + * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen. + */ + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Workman + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ dD· rR· wW· bB· | jJ· fF· uU· pP· :;· Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS hH· tT· gG | yY· nN· eE· oO· iI· '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX mM· cC· vV· | kK· lL· ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + ₇) Letters marked by ‛·’ are different from Qwerty. +*/ +// +// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> , +// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_D , KC_R , KC_W , KC_B , KC_J , KC_F , KC_U , KC_P , KC_SCLN , KC_BSPC , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_H , KC_T , KC_G , KC_Y , KC_N , KC_E , KC_O , KC_I , KC_QUOT , + CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_M , KC_C , KC_V , KC_K , KC_L , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1_BASE +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE +# else + , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD +# endif + + , LT__MOV__KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , CHOLTAP_LAYR +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + + /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Workman base layer above. (Same as Qwerty.) + * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab). + */ + // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019). + +// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout. +# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE) + [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# elif defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE) + [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( +# endif + +/* + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Workman layer _..._BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (RGUI) (_MOV) +*/ +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL , + LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , + LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) , +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , XXXXXXX +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT ) +// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + + /* ⬆⬇ */ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66e7a21bb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# Minifan layout + +Compiled for: Workman +===================== + +This file details the compile version `#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE, BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE`. +This is a Workman layout. + +The number & symbols layer (`_NSY`) is the same as for Qwerty. + +Workman keymaps +--------------- + +─────────Workman─────────────── + + +Layer: `..._BASE` + + +Layer: `..._NSY` + +──────────in common──────────── + +(…) + +For more about the other layers, see ➡  ⬅ + + + +Layers (text) +============= + + ───────────────Workman───────────────── + + Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Workman + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access + Esc qQ dD rR wW bB | jJ fF uU pP :; Bksp + Tab+LCtl aA sS hH tT gG | yY nN eE oO iI '" + LSht+_PAD zZ xX mM cC vV | kK lL ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (RGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift. + +The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer. + +Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + + +- - - + + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Workman layer _DEF_BASE + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del + Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl + -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~ + ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + + +- - - + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eff0c2fa69 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * © 2019,2020 by Jos Boersema + */ + + +#pragma once + +// place overrides here + +// Some defines meant to decrease the firmware size. The firmware is otherwise over the maximum (atmega32u4) +# ifndef LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE + //Disable old style macro handling: MACRO() & action_get_macro +# define NO_ACTION_MACRO // This saves 320 bytes + //disable calling of action_function() from the fn_actions array (deprecated) +# define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION // This saves 96 bytes +# endif + +#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD +#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING +#define RGBLIGHT_SLEEP // QMK docs: "If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep" + +// Layer switch TT(layer) tapping amount to make it toggle +#define TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP 225 // 175 ms proved unreliable, 225 ms seems ok (personal preference) + + +// Attempts to reduce firmware size: + //#define LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE // Did not decrease firmware size when tested on 26 Jan 2020 + //#define NO_DEBUG //disable debugging (already defined) + //#define NO_PRINT JJdisable printing/debugging using hid_listen (already defined) + //#define NO_ACTION_LAYER //disable layers (obviously need layers) + //#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING // This saves 2516 bytes (9%) (keymap uses tapping) + //#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT // This did not reduse firmware size on 26 Jan 2020 + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..035cdfdb3b --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c @@ -0,0 +1,1754 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Authors: This QMK keymap file is a combination of the default + * keymap, led code original copied/edited from ../jetpacktuxedo, some + * copy/paste from QMK documentation code examples (etc). + * Remainder: © 2019, 2020, 2021 by Jos Boersema + */ + +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// --------------------------------------v--------------------------------------- +#include "./user_config.h" // Edit this file to set user preference compile options. +// --------------------------------------^--------------------------------------- + + + + /* Configurable keymap for Minivan layouts 44, 45, 46 keys. + * May work for 12×12×12×[11-12] keys as well. + * Configuration in ./user_config.h + */ + + /* Overview of the code + * + * The base layers are in separate files; + * process_record_user(), unicode macros are defined in unicode_macros.c; + * accented characters are defined in unicode_weurope.h + * + * Unicode macros facilitate recomputing for re-computing the Dvorak with changed letters + * ('descramble'), and exist because space ran out for * XP(…). + * + * The led color code might be a bit hairy, due to speed/count middle led overlapping layer color. + * + * Preprocessor indentation: # always in column one, #includes and #defines + * are most to the left unless nested, except in the user configuration + * block where room is left for a ‛//’. Logical stuff (#if etc) is + * indented from column two, and then in each nesting goes 4 more spaces + * to the right, so in between the normal code indentations. There should + * be a newline above and below logical statements. This makes preprocessor + * statements stand out, while giving more information in each statement. + * C indentation: trying to follow QMK standard. + * + */ + + +#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H + +// Bit masks for the Base layers, to set them as Default, in order to make transparency look back to the right one. +#define _DEF_BASE_MASK 0x1 // Some functions take a bit-mask, where layer 0 (zero) is called 0x1 instead. +#define _ALT_BASE_MASK 0x2 // Some functions take a bit-mask, where layer 0 (zero) is called 0x1 instead. + +// Below #defines the internal order of the layers. +// Notice this order in layer_state_set_user as well, regarding the led indicators. +enum { + _DEF_BASE, // Default BASE layer (layer at startup). Typically the letters. + +# ifndef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT + + _ALT_BASE, // Alternative BASE layer. + +# endif + + _DEF_NSY, // numbers and symbols + +# ifndef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT + + _ALT_NSY, // Alternate version of _DEF_NSY + +# endif + + _MOV, // movement arrows and mouse + _RAR, // keys RARely used, Unicode config, Power keys, Media keys, alternate mode switch, speed/size count, … + +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD + + _PAD, // Numbers pad. These are different versions of the same numbers, that is ‛1’ (_NSY) ≠ ‛1’ (_PAD). + +# endif + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + + _ACC, // Accented letters + +# endif + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + + _DRA, // Unusual symbols and whatever else + +# endif + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + + _BON, // Bonus layer with more Unicode symbols + +# endif + + _FUN, // function keys, layer switcher, given highest order precedence just in case +} ; +// The default and alternate base layers needs to have a low order +// number, so that the other layers can be accessed on top of it. +// Default Layer is set, according to active Base pair. + +// What BASE layer is active. +enum { + _NORMAL_, // BASE layer is _DEF_BASE + _FULL_, // BASE layer is _ALT_BASE +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // not used with other keymaps + _HALF_, // BASE layer is _ALT_BASE For DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF keymap: does *not* re-compute letters in Unicode + // This is for different Unicode encodings than “Control+U+HEX” (Linux). It will go through what is set on _RAR +# endif +}; +// The mechanism is about what layer to return to, once needing to go back to the letters layer (BASE). + +# ifndef STARTUP_ALTERNATE // Startup with in default BASE, normal mode. +short alternate = _NORMAL_; +# else // Startup with alternate BASE active +short alternate = _FULL_; // +# endif + +//* Shift detection +bool shift_ison = 0; // keep track of the state of shift (Capslock is ignored). There may be more elegant code for this in + // QMK (a function seems to do it?), but this is simple and keeps the issue isolated to this file. +# define TRUE 1 +# define FALSE 0 +bool _fun_stay = FALSE; // for making _FUN layer not return to BASE after pressing an F-key +bool leds_on; // toggle leds on/off + +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF +bool led_middle_on = TRUE; // Set to off later, if startup setting is off. +# endif + +bool isolate_trigger = FALSE; // detects if _FUN layer move was pressed, and no other key (no normal use of Shift). +bool capslock; // keeps track of capslock state +bool numlock; // keeps track of numlock state +layer_state_t state_recall; // We are calling the function set_led_colors_ from this file as well. +// speed measuring +bool speed_measure = SPEED_INIT_VALUE; // feature activated or not on startup +uint32_t speed_counttime; // counts the time +short speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // countdown to next computation/effects +int speed; // we store typing result (keys/second) to make reporting less stressful on user, as it doesn't run away after typing + // the value is recorded 10 times higher, to allow another digit of precision, needed to calculate Words-Per-Minute +long int speed_batches = 0; // This counts how many batches of SPEED_COUNTDOWN have been added to wordcount_speed_add +long int speed_add = 0; // This just adds the speed computed for every batch of SPEED_COUNTDOWN, also times 10 for precision +// character and word counting, attempting to count the final text being written +bool sizecount_measure = COUNT_INIT_VALUE; // feature activated or not on startup +long int sizecount_blanks = 0; // This counts spaces/enters as a means of counting words, with manual substraction key +long int sizecount_chars = 0; // This counts characters, substraction for delete/backspace +bool sizecount_word; // remember if the last character was whitespace, so a second does not count a word +bool sizecount_menu = FALSE; // menu mode for configuring sizecount led color & alert system for maximum size. +long int sizecount_max = 0; // the maximum system for count, alert user about relative size/limit +bool sizecount_max_type; // is size counting by word or by character +#define SIZECOUNT_WORD 0 // The type of text size counting: words +#define SIZECOUNT_CHAR 1 // " : characters + +/* This file contains mostly the Unicode and special macros. + It contains the function: process_record_user(...) + It has been isolated because the source file got long. + */ +#include "./unicode_macros.c" + + +// Pre-existing function, run when the keyboard starts up. +void keyboard_post_init_user (void) { + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + +// Set side leds on/off startup +# ifdef STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF + leds_on = FALSE; +# else + leds_on = TRUE; +# endif + + // Set up RGB effects on _only_ the first LED + rgblight_set_effect_range (1, 1); // Takes a range: 1st arg is start, 2nd how many + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // Startup color of keyboard. + // Set LED effects to breathing mode + rgblight_mode_noeeprom (RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING + 2); + + // Init the first and last LEDs to a static color. + setrgb (0, 0, 0, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led[0] is led 0 + setrgb (0, 0, 0, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // 2nd led + +// The logic seems to be to establish the effect first, and then toggle it on/off. +# ifdef STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF + rgblight_disable (); // +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now. + led_middle_on = FALSE; +# endif +# endif + + isolate_rgblight_set (); + +# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + +// Set startup layer +# ifdef STARTUP_ALTERNATE + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); +# else + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); +# endif + + _fun_stay = TRUE; // startup with F-keys not returning to Base after stroke (_FUN) + +} + + +// Writes a number as if typed on keyboard. Typically to show a speed/text size measurement. +// If last argument is TRUE it prints a dot ‛.’ before the last digit +int write_number (long int input, short divide10) { + long int step10; + short digit; + short start = FALSE; + short printed = 0; + char output[2]; + + output[1] = '\0'; + if (0 > input) { // number is negative + send_string ("-"); // minus + printed++; + input *= -1; // turn positive + } + for (step10 = 1000000000; 0 != step10; step10 /= 10) { // assuming 32 bit, ± 10⁹ + digit = input / step10; + input = input % step10; + if (!start) { // remove leading zeros + if ((0 != digit) || (1 == step10)) start = TRUE; // If all zeros, always print last zero. + } + if (divide10 && (1 == step10)) { // print with a dot before the last digit + send_string ("."); + printed++; + } + if (start) { // print + output[0] = '0' + digit; + send_string (output); + printed++; + } + } + return printed; +} + + +// This function prevents the middle led from being altered by layer +// switching (showing the layer color, that is), when another +// functionality takes precedent over the middle led. +void middle_led_control (short hsv_h, short hsv_s, short hsv_v ) { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + if (FALSE == speed_measure) { // only touch middle led if no speed measuring going on + if ( ! ((TRUE == sizecount_measure) && (0 != sizecount_max)) ) { // only touch middle led if no text size + // counting set to a maximum is going on. + + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (hsv_h, hsv_s, hsv_v); // set it + } + } + +# endif +} + + +// Set middle led color for speed system. Needed in various places. +void speed_led (int speed) { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + speed /= 10; // argument is in 10 times its value + if ( ! ((TRUE == sizecount_measure) && (0 != sizecount_max)) ) { // only touch middle led if no text size + // counting set to a maximum is going on. + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (SPEED_HUE_STEP * speed + SPEED_HUE_START, 255, 128); // full saturation, but half lit + rgblight_set (); // only center led is altered, no need to go through isolate_rgblight_set() + } + +# endif +} + + +// do this in one place to handle left/right leds being off here +void isolate_rgblight_set () { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + if (!leds_on) { // left/right leds are off + // overwrite previously colors + uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0; + uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0; + led0r = 0; + led0g = 0; + led0b = 0; + led2r = 0; + led2g = 0; + led2b = 0; + setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0 + setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2 + } + rgblight_set (); + +# endif +} + + +// _FUN layer leds. +void indicate_fun_stay (void) { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0; + uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0; + // See also below under _FUN layer led + if (_fun_stay == TRUE) { // normal mode, 0 (100% normal) + led0r = 255; // red + led2r = 255; // Yellow + led2g = 50; + }else{ + led0r = 255; // Yellow + led0g = 50; // + led2r = 255; // red + } + setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0 + setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2 + isolate_rgblight_set (); + +# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE +} + + +// _RAR layer leds +// It is a function because this is called when the Base layer OTHER_BASE key is pressed +void indicate_base (void) { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0; + uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0; + // See also below under _FUN layer led + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { // normal mode, 0 (100% normal) + led0r = 255; // shine white left led + led0g = 255; + led0b = 255; + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // This overrides the speed setting. + led2r = 100; // purple + led2b = 100; + } +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // not used with other keymaps + else if (_HALF_ == alternate) { // alternate mode, 1 (normal unicode) + led0r = 100; // purple + led0b = 100; + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // shine white middle led (still breathes) + led2r = 100; // purple + led2b = 100; + } +# endif + else if (_FULL_ == alternate) { // alternate mode, 1 (recomputed unicode for DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE) + led0r = 100; // purple + led0b = 100; + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); + led2r = 255;// shine white right led + led2g = 255; + led2b = 255; + } + setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0 + setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2 + isolate_rgblight_set (); + +# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE +} + + +// Sets led colors for all layers. Including Capslock/Numlock changes. See a computer side activated function for that too: +// led_update_user (…) +void set_led_colors_ (layer_state_t state) { +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + + uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0; + uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0; + short color_ddl = 28 ; + +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF + // Special case of switching centre led effect on/off + if (!layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_BASE)) { // letters + //if (rgblight_is_enabled()) + if (led_middle_on) { // Follows user setting based on _RAR key. + rgblight_enable_noeeprom (); // Would be easier if middle_led_control (…) could set brightness to dark, but seems to not work. + } + } +# endif + + // The order should be the reverse of the #defines of layer number of the layers on top + // because higher layer number is higher priority if activated + /* _DEF_BASE 0 _ALT_BASE 1 _DEF_NSY 2 _ALT_NSY 3 _MOV 4 _RAR 5 _PAD 6 _ACC 7 _DRA 8 _BON 9 _FUN 10 */ + if (layer_state_cmp (state, _FUN)) { // F-keys, and layer toggles + middle_led_control (HSV_RED); // purple + indicate_fun_stay (); // Indicates state of _fun_stay, but only when it is being toggled. + return ; // indicate_fun_stay function already does it all. + } + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _BON)) { // Bonus layer with encircled numbers and more symbols + // side leds dark + middle_led_control (HSV_YELLOW); + } +# endif // REMOVE_BON + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DRA)) { // Unicode drawings and unusual things + led0r = 255; // gold red + led0g = 128; // + led2r = 255; // + led2g = 128; // + middle_led_control( HSV_GOLDENROD ); + } +# endif // REMOVE_DRA + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ACC)) { // Accented letters (Unicode input layer) + led0g = 150; // With some blue, because it is also a symbol + led0b = 100; + led2g = 150; + led2b = 100; + middle_led_control (HSV_TURQUOISE); // cyan + } +# endif // REMOVE_ACC + +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _PAD)) { // numbers pad layer + if (numlock) { + led0b = 255; // Blue for the numbers part + led2g = 255; // Green for the navigation part + }else{ + led0g = 255; // reversed + led2b = 255; // + } + middle_led_control (60, 20, 100); // yellow (low saturation) + } +# endif // REMOVE_PAD + + //--- + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _RAR)) { // layer with special keys + indicate_base (); // this function already does it all + return; // + } + //--- + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _MOV)) { // movement layer + led0g = 255;// movement is green, "go forward" + led2g = 255; + middle_led_control(HSV_GREEN); + } + //--- (pair) + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ALT_NSY)) { // alternate, numbers/symbols + led0b = 255; // first led follows the corresponding default layer: _DEF_NSY + led2r = color_ddl; // Same as DDL, to which it belongs. + led2g = color_ddl; // + led2b = color_ddl; // + middle_led_control (HSV_BLUE); + } + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_NSY)) { // symbols and numbers + led0b = 255; // blue for symbols, like ink (writing) + led2b = 255; + middle_led_control (HSV_BLUE); + } + //--- (pair) + // Alternate BASE layer (alternate) + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ALT_BASE)) { + +# if !defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) // Normal led colors for ‛regular’ base layers like Dvorak, Qwerty. + + if (capslock) { + led2r = 255; // Brighter version to indicate capslock + led2g = 255; // + led2b = 255; // + } else { + led2r = color_ddl; // A bit of a white not too bright color on right + led2g = color_ddl; // + led2b = color_ddl; // + } + +# else // BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE: numpad on Alternate Base, which should show the state of NumLock + + // This is a copy of the _PAD led colors, but less bright + if (numlock) { + led0b = 80; // Blue for the numbers part + led2g = 80; // Green for the navigation part + }else{ + led0g = 80; // reversed + led2b = 80; // + } + middle_led_control (60, 20, 100); // yellow (low saturation) + +# endif + + middle_led_control (HSV_TEAL); // seems to be the same as CYAN/AZURE, conflicts with _ACC + } + // Default layer (generally), normal BASE layer + else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_BASE)) { // letters + +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF + led0r = 0; // All leds off when in Default Base + led0g = 0; // + led0b = 0; // + rgblight_disable_noeeprom (); +# else + if (capslock) { + led0r = 255; // Brighter version to indicate capslock + led0g = 255; // + led0b = 255; // + } else { + led0r = 28; // A bit of a weak white color on left + led0g = 28; // + led0b = 28; // + } + + middle_led_control (HSV_TEAL); +# endif // LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF + } + //--- + + setrgb (led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0 + setrgb (led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2 + + isolate_rgblight_set (); + +# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE +} + +// Pre-existing QMK function, called when NumLock/CapsLock key is pressed, including on another keyboard. +// This function sets two booleans that keep track of the current capslock/numlock state, for use in layer led colors. +bool led_update_user (led_t led_state) { + + if (led_state.num_lock) { // This doesn't look at the keyboard leds or any other actual leds. It seems to look at whether + // or not the computer has numlock in the on/off state. + numlock = TRUE; + }else{ + numlock = FALSE; + } + if (led_state.caps_lock) { + capslock = TRUE; + }else{ + capslock = FALSE; + } + //layer_state_set_user + set_led_colors_ (state_recall); // Update leds + return true ; +} + + +// pre-existing function, called when layer changes +layer_state_t layer_state_set_user (layer_state_t state) { + + set_led_colors_ (state); // Update leds + state_recall = state; // Recall this, for calling set_led_colors_(…) on Num/Capslock changes in led_update_user(…) + return state; +} + +// -------------------------------- layers -------------------------------- + +const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = { + + +/******************** What base layers to use: **************/ + +// * Dvorak * +# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_dvorak.c" // Regular Dvorak. +# endif + +// * Dvorak descramble * +# if defined(BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE) // only for ‛Alternate’ base +# include "./base_dvorak_descramble.c" // Dvorak for when computer is already remapping to Dvorak. +# endif + +// * Qwerty * +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_qwerty.c" // Regular Qwerty. +# endif + +// * Qwerty arrows on Base * +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_qwerty_basearrow.c" // Qwerty + arrows +# endif + +// * Colemak * +# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_colemak.c" // Regular Colemak. +# endif + +// * Workman * +# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_workman.c" // Regular Workman. +# endif + +// * Numpad * +# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_numpad.c" // Numbers pad +# endif + +// // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c #include here: + + +// * YOUR KEYMAP * +// # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE) +// # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c" // Your Keymap. +// # endif + +// If your keymap also has a ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h configuration/header file, #include it in ./user_config.h +// Look for similar inclusions of base header files, similar to the #includes here. +// You should be able to just copy what you did here, and only change “.c” into “.h”. + +// // ⬆ + + + // See the ./bases_*.c file for definition of _DEF_BASE, _DEF_NSY, _ALT_BASE, _ALT_NSY layers, selected in ./user_config.h + + /* ⬆⬇ (next layer) */ + + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + + /* Layer _MOV: Movement layer: mouse and hands on navigation + * Also delete/backspace, to navigate and delete together. + */ + + [ _MOV ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _MOV (MOVement, mouse movement on right hand) + + triangle layout (mouse right hand): + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp + LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl + LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn LGUI RAlt + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + + triangle layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster (difference marked _): + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp + LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl + LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 _Up_ RSht //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn _Left__Down__Right_ + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + … + + triangle layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster and navigation keys: + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home _Btn4_ | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp + LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl + LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 _Btn5_ | Btn2 Btn3 _Home__PgUp_ _Up_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _End_ _Left__Down__Right_ + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + … + + + flat layout (mouse movement on left hand): + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn LGUI RAlt + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … + + flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster (difference marked _) + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Up_ _Down__Right_ + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + … + + flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster and additional navigation keys: + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Up_ _Down__Right_ + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + … + + flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster, additional navigation keys, vi(1) layout: + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Left Down Up Right Btn1 RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Down__Up_ _Right_ + -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + … + */ + + /* Inner default navigation/mouse layout. 11 means row 1, column 1, etc. + * Configured for arrows on the right, mouse on the left (BTN* on the left side, that is). + */ + +# ifndef ARROWS_TRIANGLE +# define NAVI_11 KC_BTN3 // NAVI for 'navigation cluster', 11 for row 1, column 1, etc. +# define NAVI_12 KC_PGUP +# define NAVI_13 KC_HOME +# define NAVI_14 KC_END +# define NAVI_15 KC_PGDN +# define NAVI_21 KC_BTN1 +# define NAVI_22 KC_LEFT +# define NAVI_23 KC_UP +# define NAVI_24 KC_DOWN +# define NAVI_25 KC_RIGHT +# define NAVI_31 KC_BTN2 +# define NAVI_32 KC_ACL0 +# define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1 +# define NAVI_34 KC_ACL2 +# define NAVI_35 XXXXXXX + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Configured for left handed mouse, with xxx,BTN* on the right most column. +# define MOUS_11 KC_WH_L // MOUS for mouse, etc. +# define MOUS_12 KC_WH_D +# define MOUS_13 KC_WH_U +# define MOUS_14 KC_WH_R +# define MOUS_15 XXXXXXX +# define MOUS_21 KC_MS_L +# define MOUS_22 KC_MS_D +# define MOUS_23 KC_MS_U +# define MOUS_24 KC_MS_R +# define MOUS_25 KC_BTN1 +# define MOUS_31 KC_BTN5 +# define MOUS_32 KC_BTN4 +# define MOUS_33 KC_BTN3 +# define MOUS_34 KC_BTN2 +# define MOUS_35 XXXXXXX +# endif + +// Alternative navigation/mouse layout: arrows in triangle, and left hand on the left 'wasd' location. +// If you want these arrows on the right hand, you may want to edit this, to put right most column left, etc. + +# ifdef ARROWS_TRIANGLE +# define NAVI_11 KC_PGDN +# define NAVI_12 KC_UP +# define NAVI_13 KC_PGUP +# define NAVI_14 KC_HOME +# define NAVI_15 KC_BTN3 +# define NAVI_21 KC_LEFT +# define NAVI_22 KC_DOWN +# define NAVI_23 KC_RIGHT +# define NAVI_24 KC_END +# define NAVI_25 KC_BTN1 +# define NAVI_31 XXXXXXX +# define NAVI_32 KC_ACL2 +# define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1 +# define NAVI_34 KC_ACL0 +# define NAVI_35 KC_BTN2 + //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // If switching hands to put mouse left, same as for navigation side: switch outer columns by editing here. +# define MOUS_11 XXXXXXX +# define MOUS_12 KC_WH_D +# define MOUS_13 KC_MS_U +# define MOUS_14 KC_WH_U +# define MOUS_15 KC_WH_L +# define MOUS_21 KC_BTN1 +# define MOUS_22 KC_MS_L +# define MOUS_23 KC_MS_D +# define MOUS_24 KC_MS_R +# define MOUS_25 KC_WH_R +# define MOUS_31 KC_BTN2 +# define MOUS_32 KC_BTN3 +# define MOUS_33 KC_BTN4 +# define MOUS_34 KC_BTN5 +# define MOUS_35 XXXXXXX +# endif + +// Default left/right layout, meaning arrows right and mouse left. +# ifndef ARROWS_LEFT +# define LEFT_AA MOUS_11 +# define LEFT_AB MOUS_12 +# define LEFT_AC MOUS_13 +# define LEFT_AD MOUS_14 +# define LEFT_AE MOUS_15 +# define LEFT_BA MOUS_21 +# define LEFT_BB MOUS_22 +# define LEFT_BC MOUS_23 +# define LEFT_BD MOUS_24 +# define LEFT_BE MOUS_25 +# define LEFT_CA MOUS_31 +# define LEFT_CB MOUS_32 +# define LEFT_CC MOUS_33 +# define LEFT_CD MOUS_34 +# define LEFT_CE MOUS_35 +# define RGHT_AA NAVI_11 +# define RGHT_AB NAVI_12 +# define RGHT_AC NAVI_13 +# define RGHT_AD NAVI_14 +# define RGHT_AE NAVI_15 +# define RGHT_BA NAVI_21 +# define RGHT_BB NAVI_22 +# define RGHT_BC NAVI_23 +# define RGHT_BD NAVI_24 +# define RGHT_BE NAVI_25 +# define RGHT_CA NAVI_31 +# define RGHT_CB NAVI_32 +# define RGHT_CC NAVI_33 +# define RGHT_CD NAVI_34 +# define RGHT_CE NAVI_35 +# endif + +# ifdef ARROWS_LEFT +# define LEFT_AA NAVI_11 +# define LEFT_AB NAVI_12 +# define LEFT_AC NAVI_13 +# define LEFT_AD NAVI_14 +# define LEFT_AE NAVI_15 +# define LEFT_BA NAVI_21 +# define LEFT_BB NAVI_22 +# define LEFT_BC NAVI_23 +# define LEFT_BD NAVI_24 +# define LEFT_BE NAVI_25 +# define LEFT_CA NAVI_31 +# define LEFT_CB NAVI_32 +# define LEFT_CC NAVI_33 +# define LEFT_CD NAVI_34 +# define LEFT_CE NAVI_35 +# define RGHT_AA MOUS_11 +# define RGHT_AB MOUS_12 +# define RGHT_AC MOUS_13 +# define RGHT_AD MOUS_14 +# define RGHT_AE MOUS_15 +# define RGHT_BA MOUS_21 +# define RGHT_BB MOUS_22 +# define RGHT_BC MOUS_23 +# define RGHT_BD MOUS_24 +# define RGHT_BE MOUS_25 +# define RGHT_CA MOUS_31 +# define RGHT_CB MOUS_32 +# define RGHT_CC MOUS_33 +# define RGHT_CD MOUS_34 +# define RGHT_CE MOUS_35 +# endif + +/* Definition of the additional arrow cluster with optional navigation keys, for the 'arrow' hardware layout. + * + * By default what becomes the up-arrow (row 2, 2nd key from right) is a no-action key on this layer, + * which can be displaced without worry. + * Keys that are displaced for the larger arrow cluster with navigation keys, get moved to the second definition + * of KC_BTN2 and KC_BTN3, which is on the non-mouse hand. + * + * Only the version where the triangle arrows are defined for the left hand, or the version where the flat line + * arrows are defined for the right hand, are supported. + * + * There are several configurations, worked down in order to keep this mess under control. + * + * v----------------------not-defined-------------v----------------v + * !MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER !MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION !ARROWS_TRIANGLE !ARROWS_LEFT + * defined MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER ...................... yes yes yes + * defined MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION yes ....................... yes only for flat arrows + * defined ARROWS_TRIANGLE yes yes ............... no + * defined ARROWS_LEFT yes only for triangle yes ........... + * MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION ARROWS_TRIANGLE ARROWS_LEFT + * ^--------------------------defined-------------^----------------^ + * + * Definition order: + * 0 no arrow cluster (and therefore no additional navigation keys either) + * 1 triangle arrows with arrow cluster + * 2 '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys + * 3 flat arrows with arrow cluster + * 4 '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys + */ + + /* 0 (Nothing special, just the default keys)*/ + +// Default layout without arrow cluster. (With a little imagination you can visualize the keyboard.) +# if !defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) +// Default +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 RGHT_CE // Key counting from the right to the left. +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC +// ------------------------------------------ +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RALT // '' +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 MORE_key2 // '' +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC__YGUI // '' (etc) +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_PGDN +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> // ± is the additional hardware key +# endif + + /* 1 (triangle arrows with arrow cluster) */ + +// Patch in the arrows for arrow triangle layout +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) +// Arrow cluster +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 KC_UP +// ------------------------------------------ +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_DOWN +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_LEFT +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + +// The default layout around the arrows +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) +// Default keys +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC +// ------------------------------------------ +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_PGDN +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + + /* 2 ( '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys) */ + +// Patch in the navigation keys for the arrow in triangle layout. +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) // Navigation additional keys (arrows implied). +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_PGDN +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 KC_PGUP +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 KC_HOME +// ------------------------------------------ +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_END +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + +// We have now overwritten the positions of RGHT_CC and RGHT_CD, which could be useful keys. +// You don't want to mess with BTN1 on the other hand, because it needs to select together with mouse moving in many applications. +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && defined(ARROWS_LEFT) // ARROWS_LEFT because the wider map is edited +// +// ... spelling this out to keep brain for exploding: +// Overwritten (copied from above): +// #define RGHT_CC MOUS_33 +// #define MOUS_33 KC_BTN4 +// #define RGHT_CD MOUS_34 +// #define MOUS_34 KC_BTN5 +// 'BTN4' and 'BTN5' are overwritten. +// Where are KC_BTN2 and KC_BTN3 on the non-mouse hand: +// #define NAVI_15 KC_BTN3 +// #define LEFT_AE NAVI_15 +// #define NAVI_35 KC_BTN2 +// #define LEFT_CE NAVI_35 +// 'LEFT_AE' and 'LEFT_CE' provide room. +// +# undef LEFT_AE +# define LEFT_AE KC_BTN4 +# undef LEFT_CE +# define LEFT_CE KC_BTN5 +# endif + + /* 3 (flat arrows with arrow cluster) */ + +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) +// arrow cluster +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_DOWN +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_UP +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_LEFT +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + +// The default layout around the arrows +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) +// Default +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 RGHT_CE // Key counting from the right to the left. +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + + + /* 4 ( '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys) */ + +// The definitions for the additional navigation keys (HOME, etc) +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) +// Additional navigation keys: flat +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_PGDN +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 KC_END +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 KC_HOME +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 KC_PGUP +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + +// Replace the overwritten key positions: +# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && !defined(ARROWS_LEFT) // !ARROWS_LEFT because the wider map is edited +// +// Overwritten (copied from above): +// #define RGHT_CC NAVI_33 +// #define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1 +// #define RGHT_CD NAVI_34 +// #define NAVI_34 KC_ACL2 +// 'KC_ACL1' and 'KC_ACL2' are overwritten. +// Where are BTN2 and BTN3 on the non-mouse hand: +// #define NAVI_11 KC_BTN3 +// #define RGHT_AA NAVI_11 +// #define NAVI_31 KC_BTN2 +// #define RGHT_CA NAVI_31 +// 'RGHT_AA' and 'RGHT_CA' provide room. +// It seems best to count the acceleration keys from right to left/up on the keyboard. +// +# undef RGHT_AA +# define RGHT_AA KC_ACL2 +# undef RGHT_CA +# define RGHT_CA KC_ACL1 +# endif + +// Changes the home row on the right hand to become HJKL (as in Qwerty) vi(1) arrow keys, +// and causes the arrow block to move one key to the left. The key lost on the left is +// put back on the other end (pinky). +// Row 3 +# if defined(VI_SWITCHERYDOO) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) // For all hardware variants +// |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// <|,> , , , , , , +# undef RGHT_BA +# define RGHT_BA KC_LEFT +# undef RGHT_BB +# define RGHT_BB KC_DOWN +# undef RGHT_BC +# define RGHT_BC KC_UP +# undef RGHT_BD +# define RGHT_BD KC_RIGHT +# undef RGHT_BE +# define RGHT_BE KC_BTN1 +# endif +// Row 1 +# if defined(VI_SWITCHERYDOO) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) // Only for 'arrow' hardware +// arrow cluster +# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT +# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_UP +# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_DOWN +# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 +# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_LEFT +// <|,> , , , , +// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> +# endif + +// (If you want to alter something in detail just for your keyboard, it is probably smart to just write in the keycodes (like KC_PGUP) in the final definitions here below.) +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , -*- , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , LEFT_AA , LEFT_AB , LEFT_AC , LEFT_AD , LEFT_AE , RGHT_AA , RGHT_AB , RGHT_AC , RGHT_AD , RGHT_AE , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , LEFT_BA , LEFT_BB , LEFT_BC , LEFT_BD , LEFT_BE , RGHT_BA , RGHT_BB , RGHT_BC , RGHT_BD , RGHT_BE , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , LEFT_CA , LEFT_CB , LEFT_CC , LEFT_CD , LEFT_CE , RGHT_CA , RGHT_CB , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 , +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , KC_ENT , _______ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_PGUP + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + + , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 +# endif + , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 +// , , , -*- <|,> , , , +// <1 ±± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + + /* Layer _RAR: Various special keys. + * - The key which switches between Default and Alternate base layer. + * - Power keys + * The power keys have to be pressed with Shift, as a safety guard. + * Without shift they write their name, as if someone typed it. + * - Media keys + * - Brightness for screen keys (depends on computer system if it works) + * - Leds of keyboard on/off + * - Unicode input mode + * ☑ precedes the Unicode input modes, as memory aid and tester + * Note that ☑ has no letters in its Unicode, but press with Shift for 🗹 + * which does. This matters when testing ‛descramble’ Dvorak mode. + * - Capslock is on its normal position + * - Insert + * - APP (whatever it is) fakes being next to right GUI (though other layer). + * - The traditional obsolete button like ScrLk/PrtSc are also included, in + * case some program needs them. + * - Speed measuring + * - Text size measuring + * - Some unused spots remaining. + */ + + [ _RAR ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + _RAR (RARe keys. Power keys, Unicode mode, Alternate BASE, Media, Brightness, Speed, leds, …) + + <pink2<pinky <ring <middl <indexx<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky> pink2> + <|> -*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE Cnt/Mx Cnull CWmin CRprt Speed | SRprt Play Next Prev Stop RSht(•) + CapsL Power• Wake• Sleep• Pause• ScrLk | PrtSc xxx Vol+ Vol- Mute Insert // • requires Shift + ☑ uLNX uBSD uOSX uWIN uWNC | xxx xxx Bri+ Bri- xxx APP // Ü(nicode) tester + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + SLed MLeds RGUI xxx | !Alter xxx LGUI ___ // Middle-led, Side-leds, ! 'alternate' + <|> -*- // (Hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 ± <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , -*- , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , COUNT_TOG , COUNT_NULL , COUNT_WORDMIN , COUNT_REPORT , SPEED_TOG , SPEED_REPORT , KC_MPLY , KC_MNXT , KC_MPRV , KC_MSTP , KC_RSFT , + KC_CAPS , C_KC_PWR , C_KC_WAKE , C_KC_SLEP , C_KC_PAUS , KC_SLCK , KC_PSCR , XXXXXXX , KC_VOLU , KC_VOLD , KC_MUTE , KC_INS , + XP_DRA_CG , UNICODE_MODE_LNX , UNICODE_MODE_BSD , UNICODE_MODE_OSX , UNICODE_MODE_WIN , UNICODE_MODE_WINC , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP , KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN , XXXXXXX , KC_APP , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LEDS_ON +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now. + , RGBTOG_ +# else // Here we don't mess with led effect on/off, so we can use QMK key blindly. + , RGB_TOG +# endif + , KC__XGUI , XXXXXXX + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , OTHER_BASE , XXXXXXX + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + + , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + , _______ +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // This removes all references to _PAD in the code, therefore is not functionally the same as BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + +# ifndef NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE // Use default _PAD layer, where numbers are aligned as they are on _NSY. + // Conversely, if this is defined, this layer will resembel a numeric keypad. + // See also base_numpad.c + + /* Layer _PAD: Numbers pad, for numbers pad version of numbers (computer programs can see the difference). + * Number pad navigation will be more or less useless, but there is a repetition of the Numpad + * keys 4,2,8,6 row 4 for arrows, and 3,1,7,9 row 2 for navigation, to make it a little easier to find. + */ + + [ _PAD ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _PAD Numbers Pad (special symbol versions; regular '1' is not the same as this numpad '1', etc) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE xxx xxx .DEL 4LEFT 2DOWN | 8UP 6RGHT * xxx xxx Bksp + LCtl 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN 4LEFT 5 | 6RGHT 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP 0INS - + LSht xxx xxx / xxx = | + 3PGDN 1END 7HOME 9PGUP RSht + -*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- //-*- toggle on BASE + LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML xxx LGUI RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + + */ + +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_0 , KC_KP_MINUS , + KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_9 , KC_RSFT , +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , _______ // On Base layers this key typically defaults to MO ( _PAD ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_NUMLOCK , XXXXXXX , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# else // NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE + + [ _PAD ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + + * Layer _PAD: Option for a different _PAD layer in the common layers system. + * This variety resembles the square layout of a numerical keyboard. + * It is different from one of the Numpad Base layer compile options, in that + * it only has a number pad for the right hand. It is also different in featuring + * modifiers, and the overall layout is sligthly different (Enter, = symbol). + * + * ‛Tab’ on key 3 left hand is the same as the other _PAD layer option (with the + * numbers in a line, equal to the _NSY layer), to retain the same ability to + * type Control-Tab. It seems better to have RAlt in its usual place, Enter in + * its usual place, than to strictly follow a standard numeric keyboard layout + * (which puts Enter somewhere on the right, row 1). It seems easy enough to + * type Enter on this key as well, even with the right hand. Numlock is also + * in its usual place. Note that ‛Del’ on the left, row 1, is not a numbers pad + * Delete/Dot key, but standard Delete, also in the usual place. + * + * This is probably the better one of the square layout numpads, unless you have a use + * for the two hands version. This is also available on ‛Base’ Numpad. + * + + Layer _PAD (Number pad, with NumLock on) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … | … + + Layer _PAD (Number pad, with NumLock off) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … | … + +*/ + +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT , +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0 + +// See comment in ./base_numpad.c on the first layout (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys: +// This layer follows that layout Base Numpad. +// ---⬇ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + //, MORE_key2 + , KC__YGUI +# endif +// ---⬆ + , KC_KP_DOT + + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1> + + ), + + +# endif // NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD + +# endif // REMOVE_PAD + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + + /* Layer _ACC: Accented and other unusual characters. It seems this would + * cover Dutch, German, French, Scandinavia, Italy and Spain. + * It should helps with remembering what keys are where, if one + * knows the logic behind it (however flawed it might be). + * This layer has the uncluttered Tab key (whoohoo!). + * + * The logic is ... Versions of the vowels with accents are + * widened vertically on the board, from their + * normal position. + * Grave is a line going up, thus on upper row. é + * Acute is a line going down, thus on lower row. è + * Diaereses is dots going horizontal, thus middle. ë + * Diareses is umlaut which is most frequent if + * including German, thus home row. ë + * There is no room for Caret on the left, thus it is + * on the right, following same-finger logic (O + * is ring finger, etc). + * Caret is on the lower row to make room for versions + * of 'n' and 'c' near their normal position. + * There is no room for ÿŸ on the normal y, because + * íÍ is on it, which is more important, and to + * keep the logic of that block, therefore it is + * as close to it as can be. + * øØ and åÅ follow the same-finger logic (a is left + * hand pinky, etc), and are on remaining spots. + * œŒ and æÆ are also no remaining spots, both close + * to êÊ for the e in there, the œŒ being further + * to the left to follow the same finger logic on + * that right hand side: a on the right, o on the left. + * ¡ and ¿ had no more room on this layer, therefore, + * and because they are unusual, they are on the + * _DRA(wings) layer. They are located under the keys + * that also have ! and ?, respectively. + * + */ + + [ _ACC ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _ACC (ACCented characters, see _RAR layer for input modes) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE áÁ óÓ éÉ úÚ íÍ | ýÝ ijIJ çÇ øØ åÅ Bksp + RCTL(Tab) äÄ öÖ ëË üÜ ïÏ | ÿŸ œŒ æÆ ñÑ ß μ + LSht àÀ òÒ èÈ ùÙ ìÌ | îÎ ûÛ êÊ ôÔ â RSht + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt + -*- <|> //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , <|,>-*- , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XP_ACC_AA , XP_ACC_AB , XP_ACC_AC , XP_ACC_AD , XP_ACC_AE , XP_ACC_AF , XP_ACC_AG , XP_ACC_AH , XP_ACC_AI , XP_ACC_AJ , KC_BSPC , + LCTL ( KC_TAB ) , XP_ACC_BA , XP_ACC_BB , XP_ACC_BC , XP_ACC_BD , XP_ACC_BE , XP_ACC_BF , XP_ACC_BG , XP_ACC_BH , XP_ACC_BI , XP_ACC_BJ , XP_ACC_BK , + KC_LSFT , XP_ACC_CA , XP_ACC_CB , XP_ACC_CC , XP_ACC_CD , XP_ACC_CE , XP_ACC_CF , XP_ACC_CG , XP_ACC_CH , XP_ACC_CI , XP_ACC_CJ , KC_RSFT , +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , _______ , _______ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , KC_RALT +// , -*- , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC + +# endif // REMOVE_ACC + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + + /* Layer _DRA: Drawings, like various Unicode symbols. + * + */ + + [ _DRA ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _DRA (DRAwings, whatever else (rendering width varies in different applications)) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ | ❦♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bksp + Tab ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ RCTL + LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· | ⮘⮙ ⮚⮛ ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , <|,> , -*- , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XP_DRA_AA , XP_DRA_AB , XP_DRA_AC , XP_DRA_AD , XP_DRA_AE , XP_DRA_AF , XP_DRA_AG , XP_DRA_AH , XP_DRA_AI , XP_DRA_AJ , KC_BSPC , + KC_TAB , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , XP_DRA_BJ , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , XP_DRA_CA , XP_DRA_CB , XP_DRA_CC , XP_DRA_CD , XP_DRA_CE , XP_DRA_CF , XP_DRA_CG , XP_DRA_CH , XP_DRA_CI , XP_DRA_CJ , KC_RSFT , +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LALT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , _______ , _______ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR + +# endif // REMOVE_DRA + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_BON // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + +/* + * Bonus layer: Enumeration numbers, some general purpose / mathematical symbols + * ⁻ is an exponential minus sign (the center-dot · can be used in exponents too) + * × is multiplication + * ‰ is promille, ‱ is pro-tenthousandth + * + */ + + [ _BON ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _BON (Bonus layer, a variety of more stuffs.) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> + BASE ‛ 🛠 ’ ⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰ ‱ | ★ ٭ 😊 ⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻ ⁺ Bksp + `~ ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ | ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — ≈ // — is a dash (larger), not hyphen + LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ | ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ Right + -*- -*- <|> -*- // Activation on BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XP_BON_AA , XP_BON_AB , XP_BON_AC , XP_BON_AD , XP_BON_AE , XP_BON_AF , XP_BON_AG , XP_BON_AH , XP_BON_AI , XP_BON_AJ , KC_BSPC , + KC_GRV , XP_BON_BA , XP_BON_BB , XP_BON_BC , XP_BON_BD , XP_BON_BE , XP_BON_BF , XP_BON_BG , XP_BON_BH , XP_BON_BI , XP_BON_BJ , XP_BON_BK , + KC_LSFT , XP_BON_CA , XP_BON_CB , XP_BON_CC , XP_BON_CD , XP_BON_CE , XP_BON_CF , XP_BON_CG , XP_BON_CH , XP_BON_CI , XP_BON_CJ , KC_RSFT , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + KC_LEFT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , _______ , _______ + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + , KC_RIGHT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_BON + +# endif // REMOVE_BON + + /* ⬆⬇ */ + +# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined. + + /* Layer _FUN: Function keys until F20. Some combo modifiers control/alt/shift + * Toward any layer by toggle. Layer can be set to return to BASE after one F-key press (FUN<, row 1) + */ + + [ _FUN ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +/* + Layer _FUN (F-keys, Layer access, Set BASE key direction) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + toggl toggl set toggl toggl toggl | toggl toggl // Type of layer switch + <|> + BASE: NUMS: _PAD _ACC _DRA _BON | _MOV _RAR xxx xxx xxx Bksp //':' are dynamic ... + LCtl F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 | F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 RCtl + LSht F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 | F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 RSht + ----------------------------------------------------------------------*-- //-*- toggle on BASE + LAlt LCtl& LCtl& LSht& | FUN< +LCtl&LSht LGUI RAlt //... < toggle 'stay' + LSht LAlt LAlt | &LAlt + +xxx +xxx +xxx | +xxx + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + */ +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , -*- , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , CTO_NUMS , TO ( _PAD ) , CTO_ACCE , CTO_DRAW , TO ( _BON ), TO ( _MOV ) , TO ( _RAR ) , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , KC_F1 , KC_F2 , KC_F3 , KC_F4 , KC_F5 , KC_F6 , KC_F7 , KC_F8 , KC_F9 , KC_F10 , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , KC_F11 , KC_F12 , KC_F13 , KC_F14 , KC_F15 , KC_F16 , KC_F17 , KC_F18 , KC_F19 , KC_F20 , KC_RSFT , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + KC_LALT +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, XXXXXXX ) , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX ) , MT ( MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , _FUN_STAY , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX ) , KC__YGUI + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , _______ // On Base layers this key typically defaults to MO ( _FUN ) +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + , KC_RALT +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), + +# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN + + /* ⬆ */ + + +/* + * New layer template. Includes left/right movement arrows, deletion, modifiers. + * If you want a new layer, in the logic of this layout you would add a toggle on the + * _FUN layer top row on the first free key to it, and optionally alter the hold + * layer switch keys on the base layers. (Check if a new layer will fit on the chip.) + * + [ _??? ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + +// <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> +// <|> +// BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx Bksp +// LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx RCtl +// LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx RSht +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// LAlt+Left Del ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt+Right +// <|> +// <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> +// … … +// +// +// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> , +// , , , , , <|,> , , , , , , + CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC , + KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_RCTL , + KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_RSFT , +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ) + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + , TRANS_LEFT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND + , MORE_key1 +# endif + + , KC_DEL , XXXXXXX , KC_ENT + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + , TRANS_MIDLEFT +# endif + + , KC_SPC , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + , TRANS_RIGHT +# endif + +# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW + , MORE_key2 +# endif + + , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT ) +// , , , <|,> , , , +// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1> + + ), +*/ + +}; + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a48095f513 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * © 2020,2021 by Jos Boersema + */ + +/* + * If MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT in ./user_config.h ⬇ + */ + +//#define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE +//#define BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE +//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE +//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE + #define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE +//#define BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE +//#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE +//#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE +//#define BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE +//#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE +//#define BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE + #define BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE + +//#define MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT + +//#define STARTUP_ALTERNATE +//#define STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF +//#define STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF +//#define STARTUP_SPEED +//#define STARTUP_COUNT + +//#define MORE_KEY__COMMAND +//#define MORE_KEY__ARROW + +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT ....... +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE + #define TRANS_LEFT XXXXXXX +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT + #define TRANS_MIDLEFT XXXXXXX +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE + #define TRANS_RIGHT XXXXXXX + +//#define MORE_key1_BASE TG ( _RAR ) +//#define MORE_key1_BASE KC_DEL + #define MORE_key1_BASE KC__XGUI +//#define MORE_key1 KC_DEL + #define MORE_key1 KC__XGUI + #define MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER +//#define MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION + #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP +//#define MORE_key2 KC_DEL + + #define ARROWS_TRIANGLE +//#define VI_SWITCHERYDOO + +//#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE + + #define SPEED_COUNTDOWN 25 + #define SPEED_HUE_STEP 8 + #define SPEED_HUE_START 160 + #define WORDS_PER_MINUTE + +//#define BASE_RIGHT_ALT + #define SWITCH_GUIS +//#define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x20ac +//#define POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES +//#define SWITCH_BASE_ROW1_23 +//#define SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY + #define SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV + #define SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR + +//#define REMOVE_PAD +//#define REMOVE_ACC +//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON +//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA +//#define REMOVE_DRA +//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC +//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON +//#define REMOVE_BON +//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC +//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA +//#define ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS + #define BOX_DRAWINGS + #define SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + #define FULL_DRA_2NDROW + #define FULL_DRA_4THROW + #define FULL_BON_4THROW + + #define LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..534f8b30ca --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md @@ -0,0 +1,1198 @@ +# Minivan +A 40% keyboard made first by TheVan Keyboards +_https://thevankeyboards.com_ now taken over by TKC +_https://thekey.company_ + + + +Table of Contents +================= + + 1 Overview + 1.1 Hardware compatibility + 1.2 Software compatibility + 2 'make' example + 3 Base layouts + 3.1 Normal layouts + 3.1.1 Qwerty + 3.1.2 Qwerty with arrows on Base + 3.1.3 Dvorak + 3.1.4 Dvorak² + 3.1.5 Colemak + 3.1.6 Workman + 3.2 Special layouts + 3.2.1 Numbers pad + 4 The common system + 4.1 Main features + 4.2 Layer access + 4.3 Layout in graphics + 4.4 Layout in text + 4.5 Movement layer options + 4.6 Numbers pad layer options + 5 Led colors for layers + 6 Compile options + 7 Language support + 7.1 Input methods + 7.2 Unicode symbols + 8 Speed measuring + 8.1 Speed Led color compilation assist + 9 Text size measuring + 9.1 Text size Usage + 10 Making your own base layer(s) + 11 Eviscerations + 12 Key associations + 13 Trouble shooting + • Compiling + • Unicode + • Leds + • Weird layer jumping + • Difficult/impossible key combinations ? + 14 Why you want this layout + 15 BUGS + 16 Resources + 17 Author(s) + +1 Overview +========== +_A layout for the demanding keyboard user (10 fingers / blind)._ +Designed for intuitive key placement, more symbols than standard English +keyboard, speed and text size measuring. +*400%* _the capability in_ *40%* _the size_ (by key function count). + +For some ‛common layers’ (numbers pad, movement), different versions +can be chosen than shown just below in this by layer view: + + + +By key view: + + + +1.1 Hardware compatibility +========================== +This keymap functions on _Minivan_ hardware variants with 44, 45 and +46 keys. + +It may be fairly easily ported to 12x12x12x[11|12|13] keyboards. + +1.2 Software compatibility +========================== +This keymap relies on Unicode, in an attempt to avoid the +“dead key” system for accented characters on many non-English keyboards. +You need to have Unicode input working on your computer. + +On a Linux computer operating system, this keymap is designed to work +with this keyboard/language setting: + + > setxkbmap -layout us + > echo $LANG + `en_US.UTF-8` + +If that works for you, you can type the most important characters in +the western European group of languages, native from the keyboard. + +This keymap might not function as expected if you want to use a +different keyboard language setting in your operating system. + +See also chapter 6 _Language support_. + +2 'make' example +================ + … Download the repository, resolve software dependencies etc.. + … To change compile options: edit user_config.h (or `minifan_config_compact.h`) + > cd […]/qmk_firmware + > make thevankeyboards/minivan:josjoha + > su + # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase + # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash thevankeyboards_minivan_josjoha.hex + # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 start + +This “Mini*fan*” layout is explained in several readme files, with +links to the others files in this readme. The common system is explained +in this readme.md file. The options for the letters and number/symbol +layer pairs (two pairs in the dual layout) are explained in their +separate readme file, see immediately below. Compile options are detailed +in `./user_config.h`. + +3 Base layouts +============== +Layouts are presented here in a sort of simplified keycaps view. If a +base layer pair has its own user configuration options, they are located +in `./base_NAME.h`. + +3.1 Normal layouts +------------------ +These are layouts for commonly used configurations, such as Qwerty or Dvorak. + +3.1.1 Qwerty +------------ + + + +For the readme about the Qwerty version, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.1.2 Qwerty with arrows on Base +-------------------------------- + + + +For the readme about this Qwerty variation, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.1.3 Dvorak +------------- + + + +For the readme about the Dvorak version, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.1.4 Dvorak² +------------- + + + +Regular Dvorak for a computer already set to Dvorak. + +For the readme about the Dvorak² version, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.1.5 Colemak +------------- + + + +For the readme about the Colemak version, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.1.6 Workman +------------- + + + +For the readme about the Workman version, see ➡  ⬅ + +3.2 Special layouts +=================== +These are unusual layouts. Most people will probably only want one of these on the ‛Alternate’ layout, +with a normal layout on ‛Default’. How this works is explained below. + +3.2.1 Numbers pad +----------------- + + + +For the readme about the Numpad version, see ➡  ⬅ + + +4 The common system +=================== + + + +4.1 Main features +----------------- + • Dual layout. Several layouts to choose from (example: Qwerty + and Dvorak dual layout). Easy to add more layouts. + • Expanded character set with western European accented characters + (ëøßœç…); sub- super-script numbers (¹₂…) quite a few additional + symbols such as 《 ± • ☑ ❦ √ ┣ ≠ 》… + • Typing speed measuring. Led changes color with your speed. You can + ask for a report on your current and average typing speeds. + • Text size measuring. If you want to type some amount of words or + characters, the middle led will go from green to red as you go, + and prevent you going over the limit. + +4.2 Layer access +---------------- +This graphic shows how layers are reached from the ‛Default base’ layer. + + + +You can switch between the default base layer (typically letters), and +another base layer, the alternate base layer (also typically letters), +on the `_RAR` layer with key ‛Other Base’. Each base layer comes +with its own second layer, typically numbers-symbols. The other +layers are used common between the default and alternate base layers. + +The Base layers and their numbers layer are detailed in files beginning +with `./base_…` (links below). + + Layer overview: Defined in: + + • Default Letters / Base ┓ + • Default Numbers-symbols ┃ + ┣ ./base_….c/md files + • Alternate Letters / Base ┃ + • Alternate numbers-symbols layout ┛ + + • Numbers pad ┓ + • Accented characters ┃ + • Additional Unicode characters ┃ + • More Additional Unicode characters ┣ ./keymap.c(etc)/readme.md + • Movement arrows/mouse ┃ “The common system” + • Function keys / layer toggles ┃ + • Power, media, Speed, Text size, etc. ┛ + +There are some additional layer switching keys due to key transparency +artefacts, allowing for example to go back to ‛Base’ from a toggled `_MOV` +layer with what is the ‛Enter’ key on Base. + +4.3 Layout in graphics +---------------------- + + +Layer: `DEF_BASE` + + +Layer: `DEF_NSY` + + +Layer: `ALT_BASE` + + +Layer: `ALT_NSY` + + +Layer: `_PAD` + +^ See below for a different configuration of the numbers pad keys. See above for a Base layout for a numbers pad. + + +Layer: `_ACC` + + +Layer: `_DRA` + + +Layer: `_BON` + + +Layer: `_FUN` + + +Layer: `_MOV` + +^ There is an alternative flat arrow configuration for this layer (see below), +and options to compile with the 'arrow' hardware layout. + + +Layer: `_RAR` + +4.4 Layout in text +------------------ + Layer _DEF_BASE (Letters layer, see ./base* files for what comes on ‛__’) + | Right hand + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger + -o- <|> ... //-o- Base access + Esc __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ Bksp + Tab+LCtl __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __ + LSht+_PAD __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ RSht+_FUN + +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR + hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type + hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA + ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number + ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys + (LGUI) (_MOV) + + ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^ + ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛ + ³) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown. + ⁴) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown. + ³ ⁴) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for + a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts. + ⁵) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV. + ⁶) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR. + +Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus). +It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the +±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`, `_MOV`), using the layer toggle on +left shift. + +The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys. + +There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer. + +There is an uncluttered _Tab_ on both the `_DRA` and `_ACC` layers. They can be modified with _Control_ there. + +Holding both `_..._NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`. + +Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_..._NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key +(on <2) results in layer `_BON`. + +- - - + + Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols, ./base* files for what comes on ‛__’) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN + BASE __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ Bspc + Tab+LCtl __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __+RCtl + -+LSht __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __+RSht + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +- - - + + Layer _FUN (F-keys, Layer access) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + toggl toggl set toggl toggl toggl | toggl toggl // Type of layer switch + <|> + BASE: NUMS: _PAD _ACC _DRA _BON | _MOV _RAR xxx xxx xxx Bspc //':' are dynamic ... + LCtl F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 | F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 RCtl + LSht F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 | F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 RSht + ---------------------------------------------------------------------*-- //-*- toggle on Base + LAlt LCtl& LCtl& LSht& | FUN< +LCtl&LSht RGUI RAlt //... < toggle 'stay' + LSht LAlt LAlt | &LAlt + +xxx +xxx +xxx | +xxx + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +Remarks. FUN< toggles an immediate return to the Base layer after pressing an F-key, +or staying on the `_FUN` layer. Right led yellow indicates F-layer stays active. + +- - - + +This is the _triangle_ configuration for arrows, arrow are on left hand (WASD): + + Layer _MOV (MOVement, mouse movement on right hand) + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- + Base PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp + LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl + LSht xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 xxx RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn RGUI RAlt + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (DOWN) + + +Remarks. For the Minivan _arrow_ hardware layout with arrow cluster, you get this on ‛Base’: + + (…) + LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI _MOV Right;_RAR + ^^^^ // new key (toggle) + +… and this on `_MOV` for the _triangle_ configuration: + + (…) + LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 _Up_ RSht + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn _Left__Down__Right_ + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + ^ + (LGUI) + +… or this on `_MOV` for the _triangle_ arrow configuration with additional _navigation_ keys: + + BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home _Btn4_ | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp + LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl + LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 _Btn5_ | Btn2 Btn3 _Home__PgUp_ _Up_ _PgDn_ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _End_ _Left__Down__Right_ + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + ^ + (LGUI) + + +This is the _flat_ configuration for arrows, arrow are on right hand: + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn RGUI RAlt + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (DOWN) + +For the Minivan _arrow_ hardware layout with _flat_ arrow cluster, you get this on `_MOV`: + + (…) + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _UP_ _Down__Right_ + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + ^ + (LGUI) + +… or this on `_MOV` for the _flat_ arrow configuration with additional _navigation_ keys: + + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _UP_ _Down__Right_ + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + ^ + (LGUI) + +… or this on `_MOV` for the _flat_ arrow configuration, […], and vi(1) layout: + + <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + <|>-*- + BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp + LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Left Down Up Right Btn1 RCtl // vi as in Qwerty + LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Down__Up_ _Right_ // vi as in Qwerty + -*-<|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1> + ^ + (LGUI) + +For the 'arrow' hardware layout (additional key on the right), keys on the first +row are sacrificed and lost. The right most key on the second row is also lost. +The two keys on places 3 and 4 when counting from the right on the second row, +are being moved to the spots for Btn2 and Btn3 on the hand that also has the +arrows (those keys are otherwise twice defined for left and right hand). + +- - - + + _RAR (RARe keys. Power keys, Unicode mode, Alternate Base, Media, Brightness, Speed, Size, leds, …) + + <pink2<pinky <ring <middl <indexx<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky> pink2> + <|> -*- //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE Cnt/Mx Cnull CWmin CRprt Speed | SRprt Play Next Prev Stop RSht(•) + CapsL Power• Wake• Sleep• Pause• ScrLk | PrtSc xxx Vol+ Vol- Mute Insert // • requires Shift + ☑ uLNX uBSD uOSX uWIN uWNC | xxx xxx Bri+ Bri- xxx APP // Ü(nicode) tester + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + SLed MLeds LGUI xxx | !Alter xxx RGUI ___ // Mid-led, Side-leds, !Alternate + <|> -*- // (Hold) on Base + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +Remarks. !Alter switches between normal and alternate Base layer. + +☑ is a Unicode tester key. uLNX for Linux Unicode input encoding, uBSD +for BSD Unix, uWIN for Windos, uWNC for another Windos encoding. The +change is retained between on/off power cycles. + +MLed switches on/off the middle led, SLeds switches on/off the side leds. + +The keys marked with • require Shift to be activated, as a means of +preventing accidents. Shift here is on (Base) 'Backspace' (upper/right key) +which also reduces accidents (combinations which are never pressed +normally). If you press these keys without 'shift' they print their own +name between angled brackets. Example: pressing the 2nd key on the 3rd +row prints `“<POWER>”`. + +Bri+, Bri-: screen brightness (if your system supports it.) + +Speed: toggles speed measuring on/off. SRprt: writes your speed. +See topic about Speed measuring. + +Cnt/Mx, Cnull CWmin, CRprt: text size measuring. See topic. + +- - - + + + Layer _PAD Numbers Pad (special symbol versions; regular '1' is not the same as this numpad '1', etc) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE xxx xxx .DEL 4LEFT 2DOWN | 8UP 6RGHT * xxx xxx Bspc + LCtl 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN 4LEFT 5 | 6RGHT 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP 0INS - + LSht xxx xxx / xxx = | + 3PGDN 1END 7HOME 9PGUP RSht + -*------------------------------------------------------------------------- //-*- toggle on Base + LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML xxx RGUI RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +Remarks: The keys between `.DEL` and `*`, `+` and `RSht` constitute sort of +navigation clusters, to make it easier to find the number pad versions thereof. + +This is the variety for `_PAD` layer, which resembles a numerical keypad: + + Layer _PAD (Number pad, square layout) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2> + <|> + BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP - Bspc + LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4LEFT 5 6RGHT + RCtl + LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN , RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML 0INS .DEL RAlt + <|> + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (RGUI)¹ + + ₁) Note anomaly, see Base Numpad for details `./base_numpad.md`. + Different placement and different meaning, compared to the usual common layers. + +- - - + + + Layer _ACC (ACCented characters, see _RAR layer for input modes) + + <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE áÁ óÓ éÉ úÚ íÍ | ýÝ ijIJ çÇ øØ åÅ Bksp + LCTL(Tab) äÄ öÖ ëË üÜ ïÏ | ÿŸ œŒ æÆ ñÑ ß μ + LSht àÀ òÒ èÈ ùÙ ìÌ | îÎ ûÛ êÊ ôÔ â RSht + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt + -*- <|> //(hold) on Base + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + … … + +- - - + + + Layer _DRA (DRAwings, whatever else (rendering width might vary in different applications)) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ | ❦♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bspc + Tab ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ RCTL + LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· | ☐☒ ☑🗹 ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ RSht // ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 or ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt + -*- <|> -*- //(hold) on Base + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +Remarks. ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 or ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛ +- - - + + Layer _BON (Bonus layer, a variety of more stuffs.) + + <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2> + -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN + BASE ‛ 🛠 ’ ⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰ ‱ | ★ ٭ 😊 ⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻ ⁺ Bksp + `~ ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ | ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — ≈ // — is a dash (larger) + LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ | ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Left ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ Right + -*- -*- <|> -*- // Activation on Base + <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> + ^ ^ + (LGUI) (_MOV) + +- - - + +4.5 Movement layer options +-------------------------- +The movement layer (`_MOV`) has several configuration options. You +can either have _triangle_ configuration arrows on the _left_ hand +(with navigation keys around it), or a _flat_ arrow configuration on +the _right_ hand (with navigation above it). + +You can configure for the _arrow_ hardware layout (one additional hardware +key on the right). The additional key on the Base layer can toggle to the +movement layer, and than becomes part of the arrow cluster. For both +versions (_triangle_ arrows left hand or _flat_ arrows right hand) you +can compile this second arrow cluster to be completed with navigation keys +(Home, End, PageUp, PageDown). + + + + + +^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE` + + + +^ Illustration of accessing the arrows/navigation with a key on the Base layer + + + +^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE`, `MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` + + + +^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE`, `MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` (note change on previously BTN2/3) + + + +^ `#define MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` + + + +^ `#define MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` (note change on previously BTN2/3) + + + +^ `#define` \[`MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`\] `VI_SWITCHERYDOO`, `#undef ARROWS_TRIANGLE` + +4.6 Numbers pad layer options +----------------------------- +This concerns the numbers pad layer, the one that is part of the common layers. + + + + + +^ `#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE` + +5 Led colors for layers +======================= + • letters Led: low-white/teal/off⁽¹⁾ _DEF_BASE "Default base" + • letters (alternate) Led: off/teal/low-white _ALT_BASE "Alternate base" + • numbers Led: blue/blue/blue _DEF_NSY "Default Numbers SYmbols" + • numbers (alternate) Led: blue/blue/low-white _ALT_NSY "Alternate Numbers SYmbols" + • number pad symbol versions Led: green/low-white/blue ⁽²⁾ _PAD "numbers PAD" + • accented characters é, ø, ß … Led: cyan/cyan/cyan _ACC "ACCented" + • Unicode symbols, ¹, ±, ° … Led: yellow/yellow/yellow _DRA "DRAwings" + • Unicode symbols, ①, ‰, ÷ … Led: off/yellow/off _BON "Bonus" + • function keys, Led: red/red/orange ⁽³⁾ _FUN "FUNction keys" + • and a movement layer Led: green/green/green _MOV "MOVement" + • keys like Power, Play, Led: white/purple/purple ⁽⁴⁾ _RAR "RARe keys" + + Leds: + • ⁽¹⁾ The low-white led is bright-white when capslock is on. Optionally the middle led (cyan) can + show the color of the last layer that was active. + • ⁽²⁾ The colors are reversed blue/low-white/green when numlock is on. + Left led color memory aid: same as either numbers or movement layer for numlock on/off. + • ⁽³⁾ The colors are reversed to orange/red/red when set to de-activate after one F-key press. + • ⁽⁴⁾ The colors are reversed purple/purple/white, indicating which of the two base layers + is active (see below). + • Middle led: Breathing effect. When not breathing, keyboard is not working normally with the computer. + - When speed measurement is active, the middle led color indicates the speed, unless + text size counting set to a maximum is active. + - When text size counting is active and set to a maximum amount, the middle led color + indicates progress to the limit from green to red, flipping white/red on the limit. + - When on Base layer it shows a teal color, or (compile option) the layer most recently active. + - When the left/right leds are off, when on Base, it shows a teal color (not last active), even + if so compiled. + • Leds can be switched on/off on the _RAR layer (SLeds, MLed). + + +6 Compile options +================= + Layout + + • Several layouts to choose from: Qwerty, Dvorak, Colemak, Workman, Numpad. + + • You can use the keyboard with two different letters/number-symbols layouts. + + Hardware + + • Hardware key configurations: _default_ (44), _arrow_ (45), _south paw_ (45), _arrow_ + _south paw_ (46). + + + (On the `_RAR` layer, the additional _south paw_ key is more to the right.) + + • What the additional hardware keys for _arrow,_ _south paw_ should be. + + Navigation cluster + + • An arrow cluster for _arrow_ hardware configuration, on the `_MOV` layer. + + • All navigation keys around _arrow_ hardware configuration arrow cluster on `_MOV` layer. + + • Navigation cluster in a triangle (WASD) (left hand), or flat layout with optional vi(1) layout. + + Numpad (in common layers) + + • Numpad with numbers in a row. + + • Numpad with layers in a block form. + + Special functions + + • Set speed measuring on/off at keyboard startup. + + • Set text size measuring on/off at keyboard startup. + + Changing symbols + + • Switching the GUIs left/right, and some other specific key changes. + + • Reduce firmware size/bloat: remove or eviscerate Unicode layer(s). + + For the complete list, see `./user_config.h`. + +7 Language support +================== + +7.1 Input methods +================= +There seem to generally be two ways in QMK for typing a language other than English. +One is to use a language specific remapping on the computer operating side, and +to use the QMK supplied symbols in the keymaps. This may include the use of a “dead key”. +Presumably you can also still use the Unicode symbols. + +⚠ *There are currently no such Base pair layouts available. If this is the method you want, +you may want to look elsewhere.* + +The other way is to type the additional symbols in Unicode. _The computer +operating must understand these special sequences._ Several Unicode +input modes are available, which can be changed while the keyboard is +running. There is no need for a “dead key”. The language setting +in the computer operating system can be set to English. This layout is +designed for this method, to avoid the dead key problem. + +7.2 Unicode symbols +=================== +For the remainder of this chapter the Unicode input method is assumed. + +You may be able to type your language, with the help of some of the Unicode +layers and one of these layouts: Qwerty, Dvorak, Coleman, Workman. The following +languages might work for you this way. + + • Dutch (éëèïijí) + • English (—“”‛’) + • French (çœæéèàòùîûêôâëïüÿ) + • German (äöüß) + • Norwegian, Danish (œæøå, éêèëóêò, üáà …) + • Spanish (¿¡ñ) + • Swedish (äåö …) + +The following quotation marks are available, which seems it would cover these languages: + + 'test' "test" “test” „test” ‛test’ ,test’¹ «test» ‹test› 《test》 「test」 — test + + ¹) Left side is a basic comma. + +See the `_ACC` _accented characters_ layer for all characters with diacretic markings. +If you miss a symbol, you could replace one you don't use and add it yourself (by +reprogramming the source code). + +8 Speed measuring +================= + ‛Speed’ starts speed measuring. + ‛SRprt’ stands for ‛Speed Report’: + • Tap to get your speed report. + • Hold for a while for led color compilation (see below). + ☞ Text size counting (see below) middle led colors take precedence, + when a maximum is set, over layer colors or speed measurement. + +With the key ‛Speed’ on the `_RAR` layer, the speed of your latest +completed batch of 25 keypresses is computed, as well as the average of +all your batches of 25 keys. The speed is displayed as the color of the +middle led, which otherwise shows the layer color. A bright white middle +led indicates ‛Speed’ has just been activated. + +With the key ‛SRprt’ (short for ‛Speed Report’), the keyboard +will write your typing speed either in keystrokes per second (k/s) +or words-per-minute (wpm), depending on your compilation configuration. + +“Keystrokes per second” uses the following format: `<A k/s B.B k/s +Cx25keys>`. A is the amount of key presses per second (k/s) of your +last batch, B.B is your average over the last C batches of keys. +When using “Words per minute”, A is in word-per-minute, B is also +in words-per-minute: `<A wpm B wpm Cx25keys>`, no decimal precision. +Example: <150wpm;108wpm20x25keys> + +Batches with 0 k/s are not counted to the average. You can take a +longer break without it affecting your average. + +8.1 Speed Led color compilation assist +-------------------------------------- +If you hold the ‛Speed Report’ key for one second, it will increment the +speed, and led color accordingly. This can be helpful when configuring +your speed measuring compile settings. This works best with speed +measuring set off. + +9 Text size measuring +===================== + ‛Cnt/Mx’ stands for ‛Count/Maximum’: + • Tap to start counting, tap again to suspend. + • Hold > 0.5 seconds for maximum menu. + ‛Cnull’ stands for ‛Count null’: + • Tap to set the counts to zero. + ‛CWmin’ stands for ‛Count Word minus’: + • Tap to detract one word from the word count. + • Hold > 0.5 seconds to detract 10 words. + ‛CRprt’ stands for ‛Count Report’: + • Tap to get a counting report. + ☞ ‛Count’ and ‛Speed’ (see above) reports get added to the + character count, but not to the word count. + ☞ Auto-repeating keys do not get counted as characters. + +You can count your text by character and word, by activating the key +‛Count’ on the `_RAR` layer. Pressing ‛Count’ again will suspend +counting, pressing it yet again resumes where the count left off earlier. +The middle led turns cyan when no maximum is set (see below), +or to green when it is set. + +You can set a maximum to type, with the ‛Cnt/Mx’ key. In your +editor (or wherever typing these characters is harmless) you will get +the following menu by pressing the ‛Cnt/MX’ key for at least half +a second: `<Nc|w>`. In here: *N* stands for your numerical input, *c* +for a maximum count in *characters* or *w* for a maximum in *words.* + +Start typing a number, finish with either *c* or *w* to make the maximum +be counted in either characters or words. If you want to leave the +menu before giving *c* or *w*, enter a *dot* ‛.’ or ‛Escape’, +which will leave the maximum value at 0 (zero). A maximum value of zero +implies there is no maximum. + +Setting a maximum of 1000 characters looks like so: + + Hold ‛Cnt/MX’ results in: `<Nc|w>` + Then type “1000” results in: `<Nc|w>1000` + Then type “c” results in: `<Nc|w>1000->1000c` + At this point the keyboard is out of this special input menu. + + The keyboard indicates what it accepted as your input, by + repeating the number, just before your last input is being printed. + +With a maximum established, the middle led color goes from green to red, +as you type. When the maximum is reached, the keyboard will output a +Backspace character for every key you subsequently press, making it +impossible to go any further, until text size counting has been disabled, +or the count is reduced. The middle led changes color between red and +white while at the maximum set size, for every new input character. + +To get your word count report, press ‛CReport’ short for: ‛Count +Report’. It comes in the form: `<Ac;Bw>`, where A is your character +count, and B is your word count. Example: `<5420c;547w>`. + +When a maximum is established, the report will only be given in +either characters or words, and the maximum is given with it, like so: +`<66w>[200w]`. 66 words have been written, a maximum of 200 words has +been set. + +If you have a maximum established and use it across different articles, +you no longer have the total count. You can activate speed measuring, +which in its report includes the total characters pressed. + +9.1 Text size Usage +------------------- +It is assumed that you will take the report in the document you are +editing, and then delete it. If you do character counting, the value of +the report itself is added to the character count. Therefore you should +delete that without using an auto-repeating on the deletion key. That +way the characters are subtracted again. + +If you count in words, the report is not added to the word count. You +can delete it however you want. + +This works the same for a ‛*Speed* Report’ you might like to take. +You can take it in the document, and then delete it in the same, +without affecting the text size counting in characters or words. +When deleting keys with Backspace or Delete, the character count goes down +accordingly, the word count does not. + +Words are counted by counting Space and Enter key presses. Immediately +repeating blanks do not add to the word count. You can only manually +subtract from the word count, using the key ‛CWmin’ short for ‛Count +Word minus’. This means that if you delete sections in your document, +you need to manually subtract the same words. + +Example: after typing something and then typing `<Enter>` twice to start a +new paragraph, counts for one word. When deleting three words with their +three blank areas, then tapping ‛Count Word minus’ three times, +should result in an accurate word count. To add words to the count, +type mock ones and then delete them: “x x x x” adds *three* words, +“y y y ” also adds three words (three separate blank spaces). + +Layer changes, shift and unusual/complex keys do not get counted. +Navigation, arrow and mouse keys do not get counted. Auto-repeating +of keys does not affect the *character* count, therefore should be avoided +if you want to count in characters. + +10 Making your own base layer(s) +================================ +You can insert your own `_DEF_BASE`, `_DEF_NSY` and/or `_ALT_BASE`, `_ALT_NSY` +Base plus number/symbols layer pairs, integrate it nicely with the rest +of the code, and re-define a special characters layer to go with it if +you want (etc). The idea is to make it easy to change the alphanumerical +keys, while leaving the modifiers, layer switch keys etc. the same. +`YOUR_KEYMAP` stands for a name you choose. + +First we will look at a simple keymap, without its own configuration +options or header file. + + ① Make a file named: `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`), with at least + those two layers: _..._BASE and _..._NSY. It is probably best to + copy one of the existing `./base_....c` files, and edit that. + + ② Add a #define to `./user_config.h`: + #define BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE + #define BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE + Under the topic ‛Base layers’ there is a comment to help you. + + ③ Edit ./keymap.c to have your new file #included, using your just defined + preprocessor element. Close to the other #includes is a comment there to + help you. Look just under the line with this, in ./keymap.c: + + const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = { + (…) + // // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c #include here: + + // # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE) + // # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c" // Your Keymap. + // # endif + +Now you have integrated your base layers alternative. To compile it: + + ④ _Activate_ your #define BASES_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE or + BASES_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE in `./user_config.h`, + _Remove_ any other base layers from being defined on the + same spot _DEF_BASE or _ALT_BASE to prevent a conflict. + + ⑤ Check Pre-processing with: + > gcc -E keymap.c | less + + ⑥ Compile and flash to your keyboard. + +You can redefine any layer in your new `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` +You can do that by setting one or more of the `BASESFILE_LAYER_...` defines in +your own `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` file. See near the top of an existing +`./base_....c` file for clues. +`_ACC` in particular is a layer meant to augment a keymap with special +characters for a given language/layout in the base layer(s). Perhaps you +want to redefine it, for example. + +Example: Having done the above points ① ➡ ④ for a `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` file. +Let's say you re-arranged keys on `_ACC` to suit ... French. + + ⑦ In your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`: + #define `BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC` + The `_ACC` in ./keymap.c will now be ignored. + +You can re-define `_ACC` in your own file. + + ⑧ Copy an existing `_ACC` layer into `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` + Edit it so that French characters like ‛Ç’ ‛«»’, ‛œ’, ‛æ’, + ‛ô’, ‛é’ etc. are in positions that work best. You can look in + `unicode_weurope.h` to find some Unicode points already defined. + + ⑨ Compile and flash to your keyboard. + +Now we will look at a more complicated keymap, where you are also altering +preprocessor constants defined in `./user_config.h`. (Warning, perhaps this +is overkill … ;-) + +Example: the `./base_numpad.c` has an option to entirely eviscerate the +`_PAD` layer, for convenience. (Why is this even useful ? Good question ! +One reason could be that it can set up a default, so that anyone who chooses +this `./base_numpad.c` Base layer, automatically is eviscerating the `_PAD` +_common_ layer, without having to do anything else. On the downside, it +could be confusing that one option is configured in two places.) + +Having done the above points ⑦ ➡ ⑧ as well, let's say for some reason you +need to reverse Left GUI and Right GUI. + + ⑨ Copy your User Configuration Block at the top of your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` + and the GPL License, and place that in a new _header_ file: + `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` + + ① ⓪ Write the necessary code to set and unset the constant + `SWITCH_GUIS` in your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` file You are encouraged + to write code which overrides any setting in `./user_config.h, for + those constants which you choose to affect, for simplicity sake. + (This is not a C programming manual, so it won't get into this.) + + ① ① Look in `./user_config.h`, and #include your header file there, in + a similar way as was done for your C code file. It should be just + below the user configuration block, and has a template for you. + + ① ② Compile, flash and test. + + ① ③ It would be nice to put a remark on the general preprocessor constants + which you might be affecting, that your keymap could be affecting them. + You would edit the ./user_config.h comments with a short one line notice, + such as: + + * + * ⚠ Note: ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h can overrides this setting, if compiled with that ‛Base’ layer. + */ + +Putting your `*.h` header file in `./user_config.h` isn't strictly +necessary, unless you alter “general preprocessor constants” +defined in `./user_config` (not local constants for your keymap only). + +Perhaps a separate header file is overkill. On the other hand, whatever +preprocessor logic is necessary after user configuration has been given, +can be handled in one place, if #included as suggested. It allows you +to override the settings in `./user_config.h` from your header file +(because it is #included immediately below those). If a user is playing with +keymaps Base compile choices, it could be convenient to play with +`./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` settings, have everything that could be relevant +close at hand, then forgetting about those settings once compiling +with another Base layer, and be able to return to it with previous +configuration already done. + +You can also just #include your header file at the top of your +`./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` file, if it does not touch anything else but your +local keymap. + +11 Eviscerations +================ +Cutting down the keymap reduces the firmware size, and helps reducing +mental clutter from having masses of symbols you might never want to use. + +You can compile as a single layout. Define only a ‛Default’ base pair, +and set `MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT` (`./user_config.h`). The leds for the +base layers letters and numbers&symbols, will show up as they would for +the ‛Alternate’ layer in a dual layout compilation. + +You can remove the layers `_ACC`, `_DRA` and/or `_BON` (see +`./user_config.h` around `REMOVE_ACC`). + +You can remove a set of symbols from one or more of Unicode layers, +such as not having box drawing characters on `_BON`, or no sub-script +numbers on `_DRA`. + +12 Key associations +=================== +The keymap was designed to have the same or similar keys on the same key +or close to it, on different layers. Sometimes the association goes by +what finger is used, and/or on what row. For example the symbol ‛(’ +on the numbers-symbols layer (`_NSY`), becomes the symbol ‛⁽’ on +another layer. + + + +13 Trouble shooting +=================== + • Compiling + + If the firmware is too large, you can try using a different version + of the compiler, or you may have to reduce size by removing certain + options. + + • Unicode + + Unicode is chaos: try going to `_RAR` layer, and hit the Unicode + operating system buttons. + + • Leds + + Leds not working after flashing firmware: try going to `_RAR` layer, + and hit the key MLeds and SLeds, which switch Leds on/off. + + • Weird layer jumping + + You weirdly end up on the `_PAD`, `_FUN` or some other layer while + typing ? If you jump to layers which are on Shift key toggles, this + is a typing mistake. + + • Difficult/impossible key combinations ? + + An example of a difficult key combination is: the modifier Control, + Shift, or Alt, with media key “volume up” (or down, etc). It may + work to press and hold “Control” (which should communicate “Control + depressed”), then activate `_RAR` layer with the hold key (which + communicates nothing to the computer attached to the keyboard), + press and let go “volume up” (which should communicate just that), let + go of the `_RAR` layer (which again communicates nothing), let go of + the Control key (which should communicate “Control released”).. + +14 Why you want this layout +=========================== +☞ This layout seems easy to learn and predictable. + +☞ The normally most used layer after letters is “numbers & symbols” + (123…, !@#…, []/…, called `_NSY`). This layer you can access by either + your left or right thumb, to spread fatigue. + +☞ Right hand pinky is no longer overused, as it is on regular keyboards. + +☞ 0-9 enumerations / numbers, they are on the same fingers as a standard + keyboard. + +☞ The symbols normally reached by shifting a number, are also still on + the same fingers. + +☞ Because one often uses an F-key only once, the layer can switch back + to Base after an F-key is used. + +☞ Modifier combination keys on `_FUN` layer for use with F-keys. + +☞ The movement layer has a bunch of layout options, and allows for mouse + use. + +☞ The layer with Power buttons protects you from accidental keystrokes + on the critical keys. + +☞ If you need working with Control/Shift/Alt and a pointing device in + right hand, you can quickly get uncluttered such keys by tapping left shift. + +☞ The accented layer makes it possible to set the keyboard in a mode + on the computer side without dead-keys. + +☞ The second Unicode layer adds a fair amount of fun stuff to spice up + your writing. Write H₂O, 2⁷·⁰=128, ±8 °C, §2.1, 2 ³/₈", a note⁴, £ 6.²⁵ + etc. + +☞ The third Unicode layer adds a proper dash — and French style + quotations «»‹› and other stuff. ① «Ça va bien», ② 5 × 3 ≠ 14, + ③ .083% ÷ 2 ≈ 4‱ ➡ 4.₁₅‱ + + ┏━━━━━━┓ + ┃ test ┃ + ┅━╋━━━━━━┛ + ┇ ④ + +☞ Speed and text size measuring, including to set a maximum on your text input. + These are features not part off regular keyboards. + +☞ Easy to create your own dual layout for letters / numbers. + +☞ If you do want to reprogram the code, it has a lot of comments to make + it easier to follow. + + +15 BUGS +======= + No real bugs known currently. Just some minor issues … + + The tilde ~ on the numbers-symbols layer should logically be reached on the second + row without the need for _shift,_ however there seems to be a QMK limitation + with this. No work around has been attempted as of yet. (It seems to be a minor issue; + using shift for once seems OK.) + + `LCTL_T` `( KC_TAB )` is not seen as a blank by word counting, use as Control is not + ignored in character counting. (This minor issue is ignored for now. Tab is not + normally used in text writing.) + + The eviscerations may not have been worked out yet into the ultimate scrubbing of + everything that may have become redundent, because it does complicate the code with + a lot of #defines. Perhaps it should be done eventually, if there is an actual need. + + +16 Resources +============ +This links to an external file, with some development resources like +Gimp .xcf files, pre-compiled hex files, … + +[Resources](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/ "Additional resources") + +17 Author(s) +============ + This keymap.c was edited from the Minivan default, original LED + support was copied/edited from ../jetpacktuxedo/ keymap. Thanks to + QMK support for their help, especially Drashna. + + _Personal note:_ This keymap came about because of a sudden need + for a replacement keyboard. It took over a year to make (≈ 1.5 h/day). + The goal became to make a good keymap for everyone without the time to + make one, in the best keyboard format: “40%”. + + + + Written on the Minivan: Jos Boersema. [contact](https://market.socialism.nl/author/ "get e-mail address there") + + Contributions to this key map: + - … + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6998240e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Build Options +# change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in +# the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically +# + +BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000) +MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys(+4700) +EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control(+450) +CONSOLE_ENABLE = no # Console for debug(+400) +COMMAND_ENABLE = no # Commands for debug and configuration +NKRO_ENABLE = yes # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work +BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no # Enable keyboard backlight functionality +AUDIO_ENABLE = no # Audio output on port C6 +UNICODE_ENABLE = no # Unicode +BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID +RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable Leds. If you set to “no”, that saves ≈ 13% of the firmware size. +SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend +UNICODEMAP_ENABLE = yes # +LTO_ENABLE = yes # To reduce firmware size diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ab2f795b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Todo: +===== + + + § Further development + + The following seem interesting for further development. However following the “scratch your + own itch” rule, perhaps it should be someone else's interest. + + ☐ It seems fun to have a user friendly front end to compile the available variations of this keymap. + Such a front end could edit minifan_config_compact.h + + ☐ Language specific keyboards, such as Qwertz and Azerty, etc. + Two option exist: + • Using an include like #include keymap_german.h (etc). + • If a language specific #include and computer language setting is not used, but merely some basics + such as a matching basic alphabet ABC…XYZ on Base, with some additional Unicode symbols for that + language on _ACC and or other Unicode layers, it might be simple to make, and avoid the dead key + problem. To go another step and recreate a key like ‛<>’ (as it seems to exist in Qwertz), would + seem to require macros in unicode_macros.c. + + § Other: + + ☐ Testing all user configurations + ☐ Porting to Planck keyboard. + ☐ Review/fix C indendation. QMK indentation is not my preferred style, and + therefore it is not entirely consistent. + ?☐ A lock mode, so that others cannot type on it if you walk off ? + ?☐ Fun and games: game layer. + + ?☒ User defining macros (record/play user input), another special Base layer ? Is there + room for this, or how to create it if not. + ➡ It seems a bit odd to have a keyboard with internal registers. Probably better handled at the + application level, so that the keyboard remains a basic input device. diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f213792484 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c @@ -0,0 +1,2272 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2019, 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +/* This file contains mostly the Unicode and special macros. + It contains the function: process_record_user(...) + */ + +#include "./unicode_macros.h" +#include "./unicode_weurope.h" + +// Definition of ƒ (Dutch currency symbol). +// Best changed in user_config.h, if you like a Euro symbol instead. +// +# ifndef UNICODE_CURRENCY // Prior optional definition in user_config.h +# define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x0192 // Hex number. The unicode hex number for position ƒ in the default keymap. +# endif + +// +// 🛠 +#define CS_USER_DEFINED 0x1F6E0 // Hammer & wrench (place holder). + +#define DIV10POINT TRUE // suggest to function write_number, to divide by 10 and print as a fraction: N.N + +// Converts integer value to Unicode. Also handles 'descramble' Unicode mode for DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF. +// Unicode is a hexadecimal string (character) representation of the value, with a pre- and post-fix. +void unicode_hex2output (long unsigned int unshifted, long unsigned int shifted) { + + long unsigned int input; // which argument to work on + char output[10] ; // will hold the ascii for output + int index; // count backwards 'to left' in the string + long unsigned int bitmove; // move computation to next digit. + long unsigned int work; // temporary value for computation + + + // What to work on + if(shift_ison) input = shifted; // Trying to get everything possible here in this function, to reduce firmware size. + else input = unshifted; + + //if (input < 0) input *= -1; // positive value + + // Take the hex value 4 bits at a time, starting with the least significant, convert to ascii, store + index = 9; + output[index] = '\0'; // terminator + bitmove = 0x1; + while ((work = (input / bitmove)) && (index >= 0)) { + index --; + work &= 0xF; + if (work < 0xA){ // numbers + output[index] = work + 0x30; // pad to ASCII + }else{ // alphas +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // Do the letter descramble if needed. + if(_FULL_ == alternate){ // 0-9=0-9, a=a, b=n, c=i, d=h, e=d, f=y + if (0xA == work) output[index] = 'a'; + if (0xB == work) output[index] = 'n'; + if (0xC == work) output[index] = 'i'; + if (0xD == work) output[index] = 'h'; + if (0xE == work) output[index] = 'd'; + if (0xF == work) output[index] = 'y'; + }else{ + output[index] = work - 9 + 0x40; // normal mode + } +# else // The above is not relevant for anything else. + output[index] = work - 9 + 0x40; // normal mode +# endif + } + bitmove *= 0x10; // next digit + } + + // Put character(s) out in correct mode +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // Do the letter descramble if needed. + if (_FULL_ == alternate) { // This is the special 'descramble' output mode for a computer already set to Dvorak + + SEND_STRING ( SS_DOWN(X_LCTRL) SS_DOWN(X_LSHIFT) "f" SS_UP(X_LSHIFT) SS_UP(X_LCTRL) ) ; // lead-in for Unicode on Linux, 'descramble' mode + send_string (output + index); // pointer to argument with formatted string + SEND_STRING ( " " ) ; // Ends the Unicode numerical input mode, replacing input with desired character (Linux) + + }else{ + // normal QMK Unicode output mode + send_unicode_hex_string (output + index); // pointer argument + } + +# else + send_unicode_hex_string (output + index); // pointer argument +# endif + +} + + +// Wrapper for unicode keys that do have the same on shift. +void unicode_hex2output_single (long unsigned int either) { + unicode_hex2output (either, either) ; +} + + +// Required by QMK Unicode +const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = { + +}; + +// Macro name definitions. The Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA and _BON are defined here, +// because the Unicode map system does not have enough space (at time of this programming, year 2020). +enum custom_keycodes { + + // Macro, allowing the upper left button to switch to either _DEF_BASE base layer, or the _ALT_BASE base layer. + // Alternate is set on/half/off in the _RAR layer. The word "base" is used to avoid "default," because the default + // layer system call DF() is not being used. + CTO_BASE = SAFE_RANGE, // 'C' for costum, "TO" for to, "BASE" for chosen base layer + + OTHER_BASE, // cycles modes: use _DEF_BASE, _ALT_BASE. For “dvorak²” layout (descramble) compile option, there is a third mode. + +# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) + OTHER_BASE_GO, // Like OTHER_BASE, but also immediately switches to the other BASE layer. +# endif + + CTO_NUMS, // activates number-symbols layer, taking into account the dual layout mode + CTO_ACCE, // accented '' + CTO_DRAW, // drawings '' + +# ifndef CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP + CHOLTAP_ACCE, // Go to accented layer, or others in combination with other keys. +# endif + +// Keys can be pressed together for a separate layer (like 'adjust layer' on the Planck). + DUO_HOLD, + + CHOLTAP_RSHFT, // Go to _FUN layer, or shift modifier. + CHOLTAP_LSHFT, // Go to <configurable> layer, or shift modifier. + CHOLTAP_LAYR, // Go to _RAR layer, or right arrow + +// Special macro to make F-keys one-shot or not. + _FUN_STAY, + +// Layer toggle to be guaranteed on up-key, therefore macro definition here. + _MOV_UP, + +// These macros protect the critical keys like 'Power' from accidental press, by needing Shift to be pressed. + C_KC_PWR, // Powers computer off. + C_KC_WAKE, + C_KC_SLEP, // sleep computer + C_KC_PAUS, // pauze computer + +// Toggles side leds on/off. + LEDS_ON, + RGBTOG_, + +// Typing speed measuring + SPEED_TOG, + SPEED_REPORT, + +// Word/character counting + COUNT_TOG, // starts word counting + COUNT_REPORT, // writes to the computer as if typing, gives count report + COUNT_WORDMIN, // reduces the word count + COUNT_NULL, // resets count to zero + LT__MOV__KC_ENT, // move to layer _MOV, or <enter> + +// The _ACC layer, additional Unicode. +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + XP_ACC_AA , + XP_ACC_AB , + XP_ACC_AC , + XP_ACC_AD , + XP_ACC_AE , + XP_ACC_AF , + XP_ACC_AG , + XP_ACC_AH , + XP_ACC_AI , + XP_ACC_AJ , + XP_ACC_BA , + XP_ACC_BB , + XP_ACC_BC , + XP_ACC_BD , + XP_ACC_BE , + XP_ACC_BF , + XP_ACC_BG , + XP_ACC_BH , + XP_ACC_BI , + XP_ACC_BJ , + XP_ACC_BK , + XP_ACC_CA , + XP_ACC_CB , + XP_ACC_CC , + XP_ACC_CD , + XP_ACC_CE , + XP_ACC_CF , + XP_ACC_CG , + XP_ACC_CH , + XP_ACC_CI , + XP_ACC_CJ , +# endif // REMOVE_ACC + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer +// The _DRA layer, additional Unicode. + XP_DRA_AA , + XP_DRA_AB , + XP_DRA_AC , + XP_DRA_AD , + XP_DRA_AE , + XP_DRA_AF , + XP_DRA_AG , + XP_DRA_AH , + XP_DRA_AI , + XP_DRA_AJ , + XP_DRA_BA , + XP_DRA_BB , + XP_DRA_BC , + XP_DRA_BD , + XP_DRA_BE , + XP_DRA_BF , + XP_DRA_BG , + XP_DRA_BH , + XP_DRA_BI , + XP_DRA_BJ ,// XP_DRA_BK , // no 'BK' key definition on this layer + XP_DRA_CA , + XP_DRA_CB , + XP_DRA_CC , + XP_DRA_CD , + XP_DRA_CE , + XP_DRA_CF , +# endif // REMOVE_DRA + XP_DRA_CG , // Needed for ☑ on Unicode tester key in _RAR +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer + XP_DRA_CH , + XP_DRA_CI , + XP_DRA_CJ , +# endif // REMOVE_DRA + +// The _BON layer, additional Unicode. +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + XP_BON_AA , + XP_BON_AB , + XP_BON_AC , + XP_BON_AD , + XP_BON_AE , + XP_BON_AF , + XP_BON_AG , + XP_BON_AH , + XP_BON_AI , + XP_BON_AJ , + XP_BON_BA , + XP_BON_BB , + XP_BON_BC , + XP_BON_BD , + XP_BON_BE , + XP_BON_BF , + XP_BON_BG , + XP_BON_BH , + XP_BON_BI , + XP_BON_BJ , + XP_BON_BK , + XP_BON_CA , + XP_BON_CB , + XP_BON_CC , + XP_BON_CD , + XP_BON_CE , + XP_BON_CF , + XP_BON_CG , + XP_BON_CH , + XP_BON_CI , + XP_BON_CJ , +# endif // REMOVE_BON +}; + +// Pre-existing function, called for every key up and down. +// This function is sortof the hub of the whole thing. +bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) { + + // User input for the word count menu + if (sizecount_menu) { + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + switch (keycode) { + case KC_0: // read in how many is maximum + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10); + break; + + case KC_1: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 1; + break; + + case KC_2: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 2; + break; + + case KC_3: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 3; + break; + + case KC_4: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 4; + break; + + case KC_5: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 5; + break; + + case KC_6: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 6; + break; + + case KC_7: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 7; + break; + + case KC_8: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 8; + break; + + case KC_9: + sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 9; + break; + + case KC_C: // count characters + sizecount_max_type = SIZECOUNT_CHAR; + sizecount_menu = FALSE; + break; + + case KC_W: // count words + sizecount_max_type = SIZECOUNT_WORD; + sizecount_menu = FALSE; + break; + + // Anything else ends menu input. + case KC_DOT: + case KC_ESC: + sizecount_menu = FALSE; // break out + break; + + } + if (!sizecount_menu) { // end + send_string ("->"); + write_number (sizecount_max, FALSE); // just indicate something + } + } + } + + // Go back to base-layer after pressing an F-key, on key-up to avoid BASE key activation + if ((_fun_stay == FALSE) && // + (((keycode >= KC_F1) && (keycode <= KC_F12)) + || + ((keycode >= KC_F13) && (keycode <= KC_F24)))) { // assumes keycodes 1-12 and 13-24 are consequtive, which seems likely, although using 1-24 failed (probably not consequtive) + // Go back to base layer + if (!(record->event.pressed)) { // key up + if (alternate) { // + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + } + + // Detect if Shift was pressed in isolation, by seeing if another key was pressed during the time + // the right shift key was held down. + // This system is also used by CHOLTAP_ACCE + // This helps make sure a tapped use of these keys is correctly differentiated from their use as a + // modifier/layer-hold key. The Shift and CHOLTAP_ACCE should not normally interfere with each other. + if (isolate_trigger) { // speed: hoping this statement to execute a little quicker overall, than the next + if ((keycode != CHOLTAP_RSHFT) // not right shift up + && + (keycode != CHOLTAP_LSHFT) // not left shift up + && + (keycode != CHOLTAP_ACCE) // _ACC layer (and others) + && + (keycode != CHOLTAP_LAYR)) { // _RAR layer, or RAlt/Alt-Gr + isolate_trigger = FALSE; // another key was pressed + } + } + + // This block contains the complex macros, which should not count in speed counting or word/character counting, + // because they aren't typed characters. + switch (keycode) { + + // Typing speed measuring + case SPEED_TOG: // Toggle speed measuring on/off + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (speed_measure) { + speed_measure = FALSE; + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // indicates stop (_RAR color) +# endif + + }else{ + // initialization of measurements + speed_measure = TRUE; // activates + speed = 0; // start at 0 k/s + speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // reset, speed is measured in batches of keypresses + speed_counttime = timer_read32 ();// get current time + speed_add = 0;// speed average accumulator, it keeps adding the *speed* of each batch to this total + speed_batches = 0; // divider for speed_add to get the average + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + // set middle led + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // indicates start +# endif + + } + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + isolate_rgblight_set (); +# endif + + } + break; + + case SPEED_REPORT: // Report the current typing speed by writing it, as if typing + if (record->event.pressed) { // down + short added = 5; // This counts how many characters the report itself is adding into the current text, + // to later delete it from the character count for text-size counting. + + if (speed_measure) { + +# ifdef WORDS_PER_MINUTE + + // The speed is recorded as an accumulation of keystrokes-per-second, times 10 for added precision. + // This will be converted into words-per-minute by dividing by 5 characters for a word including + // blank space and punctuation, and multiplied by 60 for seconds per minute. ⁶⁰/₅ = 12. Multiplied + // by 12 is the simple conversion. + send_string ("<"); // +1 character written // analogue to '<POWER>' + added += write_number ((long int)((speed*12)/10), FALSE); // writes the speed + send_string ("wpm"); // +3 character written + if (0 != speed_batches) { + long int average_times_ten ; + average_times_ten =(long int) ((speed_add * 12) / speed_batches); // *12 converts k/s to wpm + + send_string (";"); // +① '' + added += write_number (average_times_ten / 10, FALSE); // writes the average speed, cannot use decimal because precision is not there + send_string ("wpm"); // +③ + added += write_number ((long int) speed_batches, FALSE); // amount of batches + send_string ("x"); // +① + added += 9 + write_number ((long int) SPEED_COUNTDOWN, FALSE); // amount of batches + send_string ("keys"); // +④ = ⑨ + + speed_led ( (int) (average_times_ten / 12));// on report, show the average + // we need to convert back to k/s now + } + +# else // keystrokes per second, k/s + + send_string ("<"); // +1 character written // analogue to '<POWER>' + added += write_number ((long int)(speed/10), FALSE); // writes the speed + send_string ("k/s"); // +3 character written + if (0 != speed_batches) { + long int average_times_ten ; + average_times_ten =(long int) (speed_add / speed_batches); + + send_string (";"); // +① '' + added += write_number (average_times_ten, DIV10POINT); // writes the average speed + send_string ("k/s"); // +③ + added += write_number ((long int) speed_batches, FALSE); // amount of batches + send_string ("x"); // +① + added += 9 + write_number ((long int) SPEED_COUNTDOWN, FALSE); // amount of batches + send_string ("keys"); // +④ = ⑨ + + speed_led ( (int) average_times_ten );// on report, show the average. speed_led divides by 10 + } + +# endif + + send_string (">"); // +1 = 5 + if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars += added; // the user is expected to hit <backspace> + }else{ + send_string ("<Soff>"); // indicates off + if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars += 5; // user: <backspace>, to take it down again + } + + key_timer = timer_read (); + + }else{ // key up + // This use of the key is for callibrating your colors; it is difficult otherwise to see. + // This is not part of normal usage, therefore it is kept bare bones to reduce firmware size + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) > 999) { // held for one second + speed += 10; + write_number ((long int)(speed/10), FALSE); // writes the speed + speed_led (speed); // update led + } + } + break; + + case COUNT_TOG: // Toggle start/stop text size measuring + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + key_timer = timer_read (); + + }else{ // up + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) < 500) { // held for less than half a second (tapped) + if (sizecount_measure) { + + sizecount_measure = FALSE; + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // indicates stop (color of _RAR) + isolate_rgblight_set (); +# endif + + }else{ + + sizecount_measure = TRUE; // start counting + sizecount_word = FALSE; // detect double blanks. leading blanks are not a word + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + if (0 == sizecount_max) { + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_BLUE); // indicates start/activated, but only without maximum set + isolate_rgblight_set (); // .. if maximum set, led goes green to red. + }else{ + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_GREEN); // indicates start/activated, but only without maximum set + isolate_rgblight_set (); // .. if maximum set, led goes green to red. + } +# endif + + } + }else{ // held longer + sizecount_menu = TRUE; + send_string ("<Nc|w>"); // Menu: N amount, c|w character|word counting. Input is a number then ‛c’ or ‛w’ + sizecount_max = 0; + } + } + break; + + case COUNT_NULL: // Sets the count to zero, which allows on/off to have a suspend/resume + if (record->event.pressed) { // key up + sizecount_blanks = 0; // + sizecount_chars = 0; + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_CYAN); // indicates reset + isolate_rgblight_set (); +# endif + + } + break; + + case COUNT_REPORT: // Report the current typing speed + if (record->event.pressed) { + // We assume the user is writing a report in its active document, and then likely deleting it. + short added = 0; // This counts how much characters the report adds into the user document. + + if (sizecount_measure) { + send_string ("<"); // + 1 and ① characters (1 is one logical stream, ① another) + if (0 == sizecount_max) { // no size counting maximum, print both characters and words + + added += write_number (sizecount_chars, FALSE); // returns how many characters where printed + send_string ("c;"); // + 2 + added += write_number (sizecount_blanks, FALSE) + 5; // adds here + send_string ("w>"); // + 2 = 5 + + }else{ // Only show the one for which the maximum is set, don't throw off that mental focus + if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type ) { + + added += write_number (sizecount_blanks, FALSE) + 3; + send_string ("w>"); // + ② = ③ + + }else{ // characters + + added += write_number (sizecount_chars, FALSE) + 3; // returns how many characters where printed + send_string ("c>"); // + ② = ③ + + } + // add current maximum setting + send_string ("["); // + 1 + added += write_number (sizecount_max, FALSE) + 3; + if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) send_string ("w]"); // + 2 + else send_string ("c]"); // + 2 + } + sizecount_chars += added; // Account for the written characters in the report itself. + + }else{ // no size counting, also here: keep the report terse + send_string ("<Coff>"); // indicates off (no need to add to count, since counting is off) + } + } + break; + + // This allows the user to manually remove word counts, when he has deleted a word. + // This is not needed for character count, because <backspace> counts as minus. + case COUNT_WORDMIN: // Take down one word in the word-count. + if (record->event.pressed) { // down + key_timer = timer_read (); + }else{ // up + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) < 500) { // held for less than half a second (tapped) + sizecount_blanks--; + }else{ + sizecount_blanks -= 10; + } + } + break; + + // Shift detection system. + // Disused because it turned out 'one shot' like Unicode input. Shift detection copied from. + // https://github.com/kyleterry/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/quantum.c + //uint8_t shifted = get_mods() & (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)); + + // Crude but self contained in this source file shift detection. + // ... right shift + case KC_RSFT: + // + ... left shift + case KC_LSFT: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed + }else{ // key up + shift_ison = 0; // shift released + } + // There are macros on Shift who also alter this variable. + break; + + case OTHER_BASE: // Switching through the default/alternate BASE modes, and Descramble for that Dvorak compile + if (record->event.pressed) { + ; + }else{ // key up + + // Cycles through the modes +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // version Dvorak+Dvorak-descramble has 3 modes + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + alternate = _FULL_;// alternate layers + default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); // This is needed only for a rare case, + // where _DEF_BASE and _ALT_BASE their layer switching keys don't line up, + // such as with Qwerty Base Arrow + } else if (_HALF_ == alternate) { + alternate = _NORMAL_;// normal layers + default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK); + }else{ // _FULL_ == alternate + alternate = _HALF_;// alternate layers, without 'descramble' recomputing Unicode + //default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); + // it cycles, and this comes always after it was set _FULL_ + } +# else // Only switching the BASE layers between alternate and default + + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + alternate = _FULL_;// alternate base layers + default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); + }else{ + alternate = _NORMAL_;// default base layers + default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK); + } +# endif + + indicate_base (); // activate led change + } + break; + +# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) + + case OTHER_BASE_GO: // Switching through the default/alternate BASE modes, and Descramble for that Dvorak compile + if (record->event.pressed) { + ; + }else{ // key up + + // Cycles through the modes +# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // version Dvorak+Dvorak-descramble has 3 modes + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + alternate = _FULL_;// alternate layers + default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); + } else if (_HALF_ == alternate) { + alternate = _NORMAL_;// normal layers + default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK); + }else{ // _FULL_ == alternate + alternate = _HALF_;// alternate layers, without 'descramble' recomputing Unicode + //default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); + // it cycles, and this comes always after it was set _FULL_ + } +# else // Only switching the BASE layers between alternate and default + + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + alternate = _FULL_;// alternate base layers + default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); + }else{ + alternate = _NORMAL_;// default base layers + default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK); + } +# endif + // make the switch to the other Base layer + if (alternate) { // + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + break; +# endif + + // Switching to layers: + + case CTO_BASE: + // User pressed upper/left button, while not on BASE layer: ‛escape’ from a layer to BASE layer. + // On BASE itself, that key is <Escape>. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + ; + } + else { // key up + if (alternate) { // go to the alternate version (bit of a hack maybe, but all alternate + // ... modes are non-zero) + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + break; + + case CTO_NUMS: // activates number-symbols layer + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + ; + } + else { // key up, so that upon key down the target layer isn't already activated, triggering that key on up + if (alternate) { // go to the alternate version + layer_move (_ALT_NSY); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_NSY); + } + } + break; + + case CTO_ACCE: // Unicode layer + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + ; + } + else { // key up + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + layer_move (_ACC); // activates normal accented layer +# else +# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + } + break; + + case CTO_DRAW: // Unicode layer + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + ; + } + else { // key up + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer. + layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer +# else +# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + } + break; + + // The below are a simulated LT(layer,kc), layer-tap. + // Double-tap-hold repeater functionality: not done. + // They switch what layer to use depending on 'alternate' variable + // Basically it starts the right layer on key down, goes back to base layer on key up, + // and throws in a keypress as well if tapped. + // It also integrates with DUO_HOLD, to reach the _BON layer. + +# ifndef CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // When this key has been eviscerated, this macro becomes useless + case CHOLTAP_ACCE: // Works with DUO_HOLD macro to activate one of several layers. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + key_timer = timer_read (); + isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed. + + duo_press_acc_bon ++; // This signals to the two DUO_HOLD keys, whether a move to _BON is desired. + + if (duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One or more of the DUO_HOLD layer keys was already pressed; move to _BON + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer +# else +# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + }else{ // pressed in isolation + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + layer_move (_ACC); // Accented layer +# else +# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + } + }else{ // key up + + duo_press_acc_bon --; + + if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One DUO_HOLD layer keys is still pressed; move to numbers/symbols + + if (_FULL_ == alternate) { + layer_move (_ALT_NSY); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_NSY); + } + }else if (2 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // Two of the DUO_HOLD layer keys are still pressed: move to _DRA + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer. + layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer +# else +# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + }else{ + if (alternate) { // No _DEF_NSY layer keys remain pressed; Go back to base layer + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + + // Pressed in isolation + if (isolate_trigger) + { + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_DEL)); + } + } + } + break; +# endif // CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP + + case CHOLTAP_LAYR: //to _RAR on hold, otherwise a keycode + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + key_timer = timer_read (); + isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed. + +# ifdef BASE_RIGHT_ALT + SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_RALT)); +# else + layer_move (_RAR); // activates descrambled drawings layer +# endif + + }else{ // key up + // Go back to base layer + if (speed_measure) speed_led (speed); // The _RAR layer overwrites the middle led, + //.. for use with alternate _HALF_ led colors (middle); thus needs to be set back to speed + // led color upon leaving. + +# ifdef BASE_RIGHT_ALT + SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_RALT)); +# else + if (alternate) { + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } +# endif + + // Pressed in isolation + if (isolate_trigger) + { + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_RIGHT)); + } + } + } + break; + +# ifndef DUO_HOLD_BASIC + // This is the normal 'big' version, dealing with switching between _DEF_NSY/_ALT_NSY, _ACC, _DRA and _BON, in + // .. conjunction with the CHOLTAP_ACCE macro. + case DUO_HOLD: // The macro around the split space-bar. Both keys come to this macro. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + duo_press_nsy_dra ++; // simple way to keep track of how many are pressed + + if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Preceded by holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key: move to _BON + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer +# else +# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + }else if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // This is the first press of either of the DUO_HOLD keys on BASE + + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + layer_move (_DEF_NSY); + }else{ + layer_move (_ALT_NSY); + } + } + else if (2 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // both are pressed + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer. + layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer +# else +# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + } + + }else{ // key up + + duo_press_nsy_dra --; + + if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { + if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Still holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key, and one DUO_HOLD keys + +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer +# else +# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + }else{ + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + layer_move (_DEF_NSY); + }else{ + layer_move (_ALT_NSY); + } + } + } + else { // Has to be zero. + if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Still holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key, but zero DUO_HOLD layer keys + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + layer_move (_ACC); // Accented layer +# else +# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER + layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration +# endif +# endif + + }else{ + if (alternate) { // Back to letters + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + } + } + break; +# else + // This is the eviscerated version, compiled when all Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA, _BON are cut, and layer key + // .. combinations have not been assigned other uses. + case DUO_HOLD: // The macro for the keys around the split space-bar. Both keys come to this macro. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + duo_press_nsy_dra ++; // simple way to keep track of how many are pressed + + if (0 != duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One or more of the DUO_HOLD keys is pressed + if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { + layer_move (_DEF_NSY); + }else{ + layer_move (_ALT_NSY); + } + } + }else{ // key up + + duo_press_nsy_dra --; + + if (0 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // None of the DUO_HOLD keys remains pressed + if (alternate) { // Back to letters + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + } + } + break; +# endif // DUO_HOLD_BASIC + + // When held the key is shift. When tapped it is computed if the tap is short enough, + // and if no other key was pressed, in which case: right-shift-up is a toggle to the _FUN layer. + // The timing is meant to be able to undo an erroneous shift press just by holding longer, + // and the test if another key was pressed is to prevent an erroneous detection when typing + // very fast. + // The reason for this on shift is to isolate GUI, where _FUN was previously more easily + // located. No alternative tapping function with GUI because some systems do not treat GUI + // purely as a modifier it seems. Since it is a toggle anyway, _FUN can fit away from the thumb-hold row. + case CHOLTAP_RSHFT: // When tapped it toggles the _FUN layer, when held it is Shift + + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_RSFT)); + shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed + + key_timer = timer_read (); + isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed until key-up + + }else{ // key up + + SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_RSFT)); + shift_ison = 0; // shift released + + if (isolate_trigger) { // no other key was hit since key down + + + // Held medium long: _PAD, long: _MOV. + // The reason to have a switch to _MOV on the left hand, is to be able to reach arrows on a toggle, + // all by the left hand, when the right hand is on the mouse. + if ((timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= 200)) { // tapped medium-long (milliseconds) + +# ifndef SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR // user config to reverse what this key its timing toggles to + + layer_move (_FUN); // activates function layer as a toggle + + } else { // held for longer + + layer_move (_RAR); + +# else + + layer_move (_RAR); // activates function layer as a toggle + + } else { // held for longer + + layer_move (_FUN); + +# endif + + + } + } + } + break; + + // The left-shift version of the above keycode. User can configure something (_PAD is default) + case CHOLTAP_LSHFT: // When tapped it toggles the _MOV layer, when held it is Shift + // _RAR was the first idea, but some of its keys are too dangerous regarding accidents. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_LSFT)); + shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed + +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // The _PAD layer exists, we will use a timer … + + key_timer = timer_read (); + +# endif + + + // This variable is re-used, for speed and because using both shifts is useless, + // .. thus very rare, and also not a usage problem if it occured. + isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed. + + }else{ // key up + + SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_LSFT)); + shift_ison = 0; // shift released + + if (isolate_trigger) { // no other key was hit since key down + +# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // The _PAD layer exists, differentiate meaning by timer. + + // Held medium long: _PAD, long: _MOV. + // The reason to have a switch to _MOV on the left hand, is to be able to reach arrows on a toggle, + // all by the left hand, when the right hand is on the mouse. + if ((timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= 200)) { // tapped medium-long (milliseconds) + +# ifndef SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV // user config to reverse what this key its timing toggles to + + layer_move (_PAD); + + } else { // held for longer + + layer_move (_MOV); + +# else + + layer_move (_MOV); + + } else { // held for longer + + layer_move (_PAD); + +# endif + + } + +# else // _PAD layer was eviscerated + + layer_move (_MOV); + +# endif + + } + } + break; + + case _FUN_STAY: // toggles if the f-keys return _FUN layer to BASE after one press + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + if (_fun_stay == FALSE) { + _fun_stay = TRUE; + }else{ + _fun_stay = FALSE; + } + indicate_fun_stay (); // leds + } + break; + +# ifdef MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER + + case _MOV_UP: // To be sure it activates on up key, and not already has triggered the _MOV layer during up-key. + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + ; + }else{ // key up + layer_move (_MOV); + } + break; +# endif + + // These keys are so disruptive on an erroneous key press, that they are behind a shift lock. + // When used unshifted, they print a memory aid string: their name. + case C_KC_PWR: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (shift_ison) { + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_PWR)); + }else{ + SEND_STRING ("<POWER>"); // Memory aid + } + } + break; + + case C_KC_WAKE: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (shift_ison) { + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_WAKE)); + }else{ + SEND_STRING ("<WAKE>"); // Memory aid + } + } + break; + + case C_KC_SLEP: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (shift_ison) { + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_SLEP)); + }else{ + SEND_STRING ("<SLEEP>"); // Memory aid + } + } + break; + + case C_KC_PAUS: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (shift_ison) { + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_PAUS)); + }else{ + SEND_STRING ("<PAUSE>"); // Memory aid + } + } + break; + + case LEDS_ON: // Toggles left/right leds on or off + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (leds_on == FALSE) { + leds_on = TRUE; + }else{ + leds_on = FALSE; + } + } + break; + +# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now. + case RGBTOG_: // Toggles middle led on or off + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (led_middle_on == FALSE) { + led_middle_on = TRUE; + rgblight_enable_noeeprom (); + }else{ + led_middle_on = FALSE; + rgblight_disable_noeeprom (); + } + } + break; +# endif + + // Some keycodes treated specially for the two counting systems (speed, text size) + // Deletions: + case KC_BSPC: // non-counting speed + case KC_DEL: // non-counting speed + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars--; // minus count for text size (removed a character) + } + break; + + // White space for counting words + case LT__MOV__KC_ENT: // We want to count the <enter> for word-counts, sadly this looses the key repetition of LT(…) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + key_timer = timer_read (); + layer_move (_MOV); + + }else{ // key up + if (alternate) { // Back to letters + layer_move (_ALT_BASE); + }else{ + layer_move (_DEF_BASE); + } + if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped + send_string ("\n"); + if (sizecount_measure) { + sizecount_chars++; + + if (sizecount_word) sizecount_blanks++; // count a word + sizecount_word = FALSE; // don't count immediately next blank as a word + } + } + } + break; + + // Word counting + case KC_SPC: + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (sizecount_measure) { + sizecount_chars++; + + if (sizecount_word) sizecount_blanks++; // count a word + sizecount_word = FALSE; // don't count immediately next blank as a word + } + } + break; + + // These are excluded from counting for text size/speed, they prevent the “default“ in the case statement to execute. + + case KC_LEFT: + case KC_UP: + case KC_DOWN: + case KC_RIGHT: + case KC_PGUP: + case KC_PGDN: + case KC_HOME: + case KC_END: + case LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ): + if (speed_measure) speed_countdown++; // Navigation could be integral to someone typing and correcting mistakes, + // but those keys don't add any text. + // Mouse movement is discounted in both speed and text size + case KC_WH_L: + case KC_WH_D: + case KC_WH_U: + case KC_WH_R: + case KC_MS_L: + case KC_MS_D: + case KC_MS_U: + case KC_MS_R: + case KC_BTN1: + case KC_BTN5: + case KC_BTN4: + case KC_BTN3: + case KC_BTN2: + break; + + + default: // If something else, it is a speed- and text measurement counting key + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + if (speed_measure) speed_countdown--; + if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars++; + } + } + + // If speed measuring is on, count keypresses + // The idea is to more/less follow common standard with typing speed counting: shift is not counted, + // layer-switching or its equivalent is neither. Arrows are not counted. + if (speed_measure) { + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + if (0 >= speed_countdown) { + + // key presses per second, but times ten for added precision of one digit + // This calculation quickly looses precision if not calculated with high enough numbers, but low enough to fit. + speed = (int) ( (SPEED_COUNTDOWN * 1000 ) / ((timer_read32 () - speed_counttime)/10) ); // counts time in ms + speed_led (speed); // updates led + + // record for average + if (0 < (speed/10)) { // ignore 0 k/s batches, we assume the typer took a break + speed_batches++; + speed_add += speed; + } + + // reset for next batch + speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // reset + speed_counttime = timer_read32 (); + } + } + } + + // For word-counting, ignore double blanks + if (sizecount_measure) { + if (record->event.pressed) { + bool within = TRUE; // When text size is maximized, this indicates we are not yet at that maximum. + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + unsigned short size_fraction = 0; // Used to compute led color as a fraction of a set maximum which is already typed. +# endif + + // ignoring blanks wordcount + if ((keycode != KC_SPC) + && + (keycode != KC_TAB) // This is ok, but a tab on BASE layer combo with Control, is not caught by this XXX (problem ignored, I never write Tab in a text worth counting) + && + (keycode != LT__MOV__KC_ENT) + && + (keycode != LT__MOV__KC_ENT)) { + + sizecount_word = TRUE; // current key is not a blank, so we set this trigger for next key press + } + + // computing maximum count effects: leds + if (0 != sizecount_max) { + + if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) { + if (sizecount_blanks > sizecount_max) within = FALSE; + }else{ // count chars + if (sizecount_chars > sizecount_max) within = FALSE; + } + + // led colors + if (within) { // green to red middle led + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) { + size_fraction = (90 * sizecount_blanks) / sizecount_max; + }else{ + size_fraction = (90 * sizecount_chars) / sizecount_max; + } + + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (90 - size_fraction , 255, 255); // green to red, full saturation, full lit +# endif + + }else{ // when at or over the limit: blink led red/white + if ((KC_BSPC != keycode) + && (KC_DEL != keycode) // User already deleting, doubling is confusing + && (CHOLTAP_LAYR != keycode)) { // This brings up the _RAR layer, to access the Count settings. + + SEND_STRING (SS_TAP(X_BSPC)); // refuses to type further, the user is stopped from typing to make it obvious + + } + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + if (sizecount_chars & 0x1) { // flip by every keypress + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_RED); + }else{ + rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); + } +# endif + + } + +# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE + rgblight_set (); // only center led is altered, no need to go through isolate_rgblight_set() +# endif + + } + } + } + + // Simple macros, printing a character. + switch (keycode) { + + /* _ACC layer definitions. */ + + // ------------------------- row 4 + +# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + case XP_ACC_AA: // because a + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAL_ACU, CAU_ACU);// á Á + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AB: // because o (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COL_ACU, COU_ACU);// ó Ó + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AC: // because e (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CEL_ACU, CEU_ACU);// é É + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AD: // because u (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CUL_ACU, CUU_ACU);// ú Ú + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AE: // because i (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CIL_ACU, CIU_ACU);// í Í + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AF: // Because near Y + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CYL_ACU, CYU_ACU);// ý Ý + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AG: // because near Y + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CIJL_BI, CIJU_BI);// ij IJ + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AH: // because c (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CCL_CDL, CCU_CDL);// ç Ç + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AI: // because ring-finger left is o (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COL_STK, COU_STK);// ø Ø + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_AJ: // because pinky finger left is a + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAL_RNG, CAU_RNG);// å Å + } + break; + + // ------------------------- row 3 + case XP_ACC_BA: // because a + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAL_DIA, CAU_DIA);// ä Ä + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BB: // because o (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COL_DIA, COU_DIA);// ö Ö + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BC: // because e (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CEL_DIA, CEU_DIA);// ë Ë + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BD: // because u (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CUL_DIA, CUU_DIA);// ü Ü + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BE: // because i + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CIL_DIA, CIU_DIA);// ï Ï + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BF: // because near y + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CYL_DIA, CYU_DIA);// ÿ Ÿ + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BG: // because vague logic about other hand having ae near on similar fingers + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COEL_BI, COEU_BI);// œ Œ + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BH: // because near œ, toward the side of a (pinky) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAEL_BI, CAEU_BI);// æ Æ + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BI: // because n + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CNL_TLD, CNU_TLD);// ñ Ñ + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BJ: // because s + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CSL_SHP);// ß ß + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_BK: // because roughly the location on French keyboard + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (C_MU_L);// μ + } + break; + + // ------------------------- row 2 + case XP_ACC_CA: // because a + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAL_GRA, CAU_GRA);//à À + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CB: // because o (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COL_GRA, COU_GRA);// ò Ò + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CC: // because e (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CEL_GRA, CEU_GRA);// è È + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CD: // because u (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CUL_GRA, CUU_GRA);// ù Ù + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CE: // because i (Dvorak) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CIL_GRA, CIU_GRA);// ì Ì + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CF: // because other hand same finger i + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CIL_CAR, CIU_CAR);// î Î + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CG: // because other hand same finger u + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CUL_CAR, CUU_CAR);// û Û + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CH: // because other hand same finger e + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CEL_CAR, CEU_CAR);// ê Ê + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CI: // because other hand same finger o + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (COL_CAR, COU_CAR);// ô Ô + } + break; + + case XP_ACC_CJ: // because other hand same finger a + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CAL_CAR, CAU_CAR);// â  + } + break; + +# endif // REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer. + + + /* _DRA layer definitions. */ + + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer + // ------------------------- row 4 + case XP_DRA_AA: // because '", the opening „“ at the ‛open’ of the keyboard (left/up) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_DQUHR, CS_DQUL);// “ „ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DQUHR);// “ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AB: // because to the right of opening “, ≤ on < + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_DQUH, CS_ELTHAN);// ” ≤ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DQUH);// ” +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AC: // because this is where the £ is on an English keyboard, on 'any' money symbols ¤; ≥ on > + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_POUND, CS_EGTHAN);// £ ≥ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_POUND);// £ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AD: // because ∅ looks like ¢, and ¢ (cent) is on $ (money) ? + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_NONE, CS_CENT);// ∅ ¢ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AE: // because percentages %‰‱ and money ƒ are numerical ? + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_PLMI, CS_LGULDEN);// ± ƒ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_PLMI);// ± +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AF: // Because left of 🙂, on top of ★ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_FLEUR, CS_HEART);// ❦ ♥ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_HEART);// ♥ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AG: // because 😊 ⍨ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_SMIL, CS_SAD_);// 🙂 🙁 +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AH: // because «no reason», next to 😊 (emoticons) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_THUP, CS_THDN);// 👍 👎 +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AI: // because ( + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_OPSUP, CS_OPSUB);// ⁽ ₍ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_AJ: // because ) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CPSUP, CS_CPSUB);// ⁾ ₎ +# endif + + } + break; + + // ------------------------- row 3 + case XP_DRA_BA: // because 1 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_1SUP, CN_1SUB);// ¹ ₁ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_1SUP);// ¹ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BB: // because 2 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_2SUP, CN_2SUB);// ² ₂ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_2SUP);// ² +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BC: // because 3 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_3SUP, CN_3SUB);// ³ ₃ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_3SUP);// ³ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BD: // because 4 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_4SUP, CN_4SUB);// ⁴ ₄ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_4SUP);// ⁴ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BE: // because 5 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_5SUP, CN_5SUB);// ⁵ ₅ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_5SUP);// ⁵ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BF: // because 6 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_6SUP, CN_6SUB);// ⁶ ₆ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_6SUP);// ⁶ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BG: // because 7 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_7SUP, CN_7SUB);// ⁷ ₇ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_7SUP);// ⁷ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BH: // because 8 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_8SUP, CN_8SUB);// ⁸ ₈ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_8SUP);// ⁸ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BI: // because 9 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_9SUP, CN_9SUB);// ⁹ ₉ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_9SUP);// ⁹ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_BJ: // because 0 + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS + unicode_hex2output (CN_0SUP, CN_0SUB);// ⁰ ₀ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_0SUP);// ⁰ +# endif + + } + break; + + // ------------------------- row 2 + case XP_DRA_CA: // because [ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_OCBRA, CB_HHORI);// 「 ━ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CB_HHORI);// ━ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CB: // because ] + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CCBRA, CB_LHORI);// 」 ─ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CB_LHORI);// ─ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CC: // because «no reason» + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_DEGREE, CS_CIRCLE);// ° 〇 +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DEGREE);// ° +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CD: // because «no reason» + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_BULLET, CS_PARA);// • § +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_BULLET);// • +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CE: // because «no reason» + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_ELLIPS, CS_MIDDOT);// … · +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_ELLIPS);// … +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CF: // because «no reason» (+ resembles ‛☒’ ?), ✗ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK_B, CS_CHECK_N);// ☐ ☒ + } + break; +# endif + + // This one must be included for _RAR layer + case XP_DRA_CG: // because next to ✗ ☐ ☒ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK_Y, CS_CHECK_H);// ☑ 🗹 +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CHECK_Y);// ☑ +# endif + + } + break; + +# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer + case XP_DRA_CH: // because ? + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CQU_INV, CEX_INV);// ¿ ¡ + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CI: // because {, ┄ «no reason» (opposite side from ━) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_ODABRA, CB_LHORID);// 《 ┄ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CB_LHORID);// ┄ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_DRA_CJ: // because }, ┅ «no reason» (opposite side from ─) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CDABRA, CB_HHORID);// 》 ┅ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CB_HHORID);// ┅ +# endif + } + break; +# endif // REMOVE_DRA + + + /* _BON layer definitions. Due to running out of X(…), XP(…) space.*/ + + // ------------------------- row 4 +# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set. + case XP_BON_AA: // because of ' " + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_HQUOSB, CS_USER_DEFINED);// ‛ 🛠 +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_HQUOSB);// ‛ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AB: // because of <, because "WASD" on _MOV + // 0x2019, single quotation mark: ’ + // 0x2B06 arrow up: ⬆ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CS_HQUOSE, CS_ARR_UP);// ’ ⬆ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AC: // because of > + // 0x00A4 any currency symbol: ¤ + // 0x1F12F Copyleft: 🄯 (means free to copy, see also © for not free to copy.) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CURREN, CS_COPYL);// ¤ 🄯 +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CURREN);// ¤ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AD: // because $ and ¢ can be about money, and money is often added together + // because … no reason, left over space. + // 0x2211, summation: ∑ + // 0xA9, copyright: © + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_CUMMU, CS_COPY);// ∑ © +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CUMMU);// ∑ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AE: // because % for percent + // 0x2030,// promille: ‰ + // 0x2031,// pro ten thousandth: ‱ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_PROM, CS_PROTT);// ‰ ‱ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_PROM);// ‰ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AF: // Because ♥ is a star, ❦ and stars can be used as bullet points + // 0x2605, star: ★ + // 0x066D, star small: ٭ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_STARB, CS_STARL);// ★ ٭ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_STARB);// ★ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AG: // because of 🙂 🙁 + // 0x1f60A,// <smile> ^^ 😊 + // 0x2368,// "Squiggly" face <sad> ⍨ + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CS_SMILP, CS_SQUIG);// 😊 ⍨ + } +# endif + + break; + + case XP_BON_AH: // because * also for multiply, because asterisk * + // 0x00D7,// multiply: × + // 0x20F0 high asterisk: ⃰(this thing seems to behave a bit weird in vim(1) or terminal) + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output (CS_MULT, CS_ASTL);// × ⃰ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_MULT);// × +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AI: // because ø sort of seems to divide something, and √ also does that, and close to ⁻⁺ (exponential) + // 0x221A,// square root: √ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_SQRT);// √ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_AJ: // because å points in the circle where this exponential minus goes, and it is right/"up" on the board + // because ⁻⁺ belong together + // 0x207B,// exponential minus sign: ⁻ + // 0x207A,// exponential plus: ⁺ + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CS_EXPMIN, CS_EXPPLS);// ⁻ ⁺ + } +# endif + + break; + + // ------------------------- row 3 + case XP_BON_BA: // because 1, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending on setup) + // 0x2460, "1" : ① + // 0x2B05, arrow left: ⬅ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CN_1CIRC, CS_ARR_LE);// ① ⬅ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BB: // because 2, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending) + // 0x2461, "2" : ② + // 0x2B07, arrow down: ⬇ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CN_2CIRC, CS_ARR_DN);// ② ⬇ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BC: // because 3, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending) + // 0x2462, "3" : ③ + // 0x27A1, arrow right: ➡ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CN_3CIRC, CS_ARR_RI);// ③ ➡ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BD: // because 4, because ┏ forms a box with the other box drawings to the right/down + // 0x2463, "4" : ④ + // 0x250F, box drawing heavy: ┏ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CN_4CIRC, CB_C_RIDN);// ④ ┏ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_4CIRC);// ④ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BE: // because 5, because ┓ forms a box + // 0x2513,box drawing heavy: ┓ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CN_5CIRC, CB_C_LEDN);// ⑤ ┓ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_5CIRC);// ⑤ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BF: // because 6, because ┃ continues box block + // 0x2465, "6" : ⑥ + // 0x2503, box drawing heavy: ┃ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CN_6CIRC, CB_VE);// ⑥ ┃ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_6CIRC);// ⑥ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BG: // because 7, because ┇ continues box block + // 0x2466, "7" : ⑦ + // 0x2507, dotted line verticle (heavy): ┇ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CN_7CIRC, CB_VE_DOT);// ⑦ ┇ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_7CIRC);// ⑦ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BH: // because 8, ╋ because 8 also has a crossing line in it + // 0x254B, crossing lines: ╋ + // 0x2467, "8" : ⑨ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CN_8CIRC, CB_VE_BI);// ⑧ ╋ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_8CIRC);// ⑧ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BI: // because 9 + // 0x2468, "9" : ⑨ + // 0x2513,box drawing heavy: ┓ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + + unicode_hex2output_single (CN_9CIRC);// ⑨ + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BJ: // because 0, because a "0" can also be a symbol for infinity, round & round + // 0x24EA, "0" : ⓪ + // 0x221E,// infinity:∞ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CN_0CIRC, CS_INFIN);// ⓪ ∞ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_BK: // because -, because ~ + // 0x2014,// dash: — (might not render differently than a hyphen - in some applications. Dash is longer). + // 0x2248,// about equal to: ≈ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output (CS_DASH, CS_ABOUT);// — ≈ + } + break; + + // ------------------------- row 2 + case XP_BON_CA: // because 1 above, because 「[ + // 0x2039, opening single corner quotation: ‹ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILSLE);// ‹ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CB: // because 2 above, because 」] + // 0x203A, closing sinle corner quotation: › + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILSRI);// › + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CC: // because 3 above, because / (division) + // 0x00F7,// division: ÷ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DIVI);// ÷ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CD: // because 4 above, ┗ because forms box + // 0x261E, hand bullet point: ☞ + // 0x2517, box drawing heavy: ┗ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CS_FINGER, CB_C_RIUP);// ☞ ┗ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_FINGER);// ☞ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CE: // because 5 above, because =, ┛ because forms box + // 0x2260,// inequal: ≠ + // 0x251B, box drawing heavy: ┛ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CS_UNEQL, CB_C_LEUP);// ≠ ┛ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_UNEQL);// ≠ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CF: // because ☒ , ┣ box drawings block, some place + // 0x2717, cross mark: ✗ (complements ✓) + // 0x2523, box drawing: ┣ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CS_BOTCH, CB_VE_RI);// ✗ ┣ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_BOTCH);// ✗ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CG: // because 7 above, because ☑ 🗹 , ┫ complements with key to its left + // 0x2713, checkmark: ✓ + // 0x252B, box drawing: ┫ + + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS + unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK, CB_VE_LE);// ✓ ┫ +# else + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CHECK);// ✓ +# endif + + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CH: // because 8 above, because ¡ (inverted exclamation mark) + // 0x26A0,// alert: ⚠ + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_ALERT);// ⚠ + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CI: // because 9 above, because 《 + // 0xAB, French quotation opening: « + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILLE);// « + } + break; + + case XP_BON_CJ: // because 0 above, because 》 + // 0xBB, French quotation closing: » + if (record->event.pressed) { // key down + unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILRI);// » + } + break; + +# endif // REMOVE_BON + } + + return true; +}; diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5969525ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Remainder: © 2019 by J.B. <joshb@xs4all.nl> + * + */ + +#pragma once + +/* This file contains function declarations for functions used in + * unicode_macros.c + */ + +#define PRESCRAMBLED_U "f" // This is the letter 'u' for Unicode input, as effective on GNU/Debian/Linux 10 set to Dvorak +static uint16_t key_timer; // Used in _DDL to differentiate layer switching in half or full descramble mode. + // In 'full' mode it goes to _DDD and _DDA Unicode layers, in 'half' mode to _DRA and _ACC. + +short duo_press_nsy_dra = 0; // This remembers how many of the duo-press keys are being pressed: _NSY / _DRA layers +short duo_press_acc_bon = 0; // This remembers how many of the duo-press keys are being pressed: _ACC / _BON layers + +void deactivate_all_but (int layer); +void activate_this_layer (int layer); +void indicate_base (void); +void leds_show_off (void); +void speed_report (int speed); +void speed_led (int speed); +void indicate_fun_stay (void); +int write_number (long int input, short divide10); +void isolate_rgblight_set (void); + + diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56a50b80c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * Author: © 2019, 2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + +/* An amount of Unicode #defines + * - western european accented characters + * - various punctuation symbols, different number formats, math symbols, other symbols. + */ + + // a lower case variants +#define CAL_ACU 0xe1 // 'C' for Costum 'A' for a, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: á +#define CAL_CAR 0xe2 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: â +#define CAL_DIA 0xe4 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ä +#define CAL_GRA 0xe0 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: à + // A upper case variants +#define CAU_ACU 0xc1 // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Á +#define CAU_CAR 0xc2 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret:  +#define CAU_DIA 0xc4 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ä +#define CAU_GRA 0xc0 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: À + + // A with ring (Scandinavia) +#define CAL_RNG 0xe5 // '' 'A' for a, 'L' for lower, "RNG" for Ring: å +#define CAU_RNG 0xc5 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Å + + // AE (French) +#define CAEL_BI 0xe6 // '' "AE" for ae, 'L' for lower '' : æ +#define CAEU_BI 0xc6 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Æ + + // OE (French) +#define COEL_BI 0x153 // '' "AO" for ao, 'L' for lower, "BI" for two-character: œ +#define COEU_BI 0x152 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' ; Œ + + // Mu (French) +#define C_MU_L 0x03BC // '' "MU" for Mu (Greek letter), 'L' for lower: + + // C with cedilla +#define CCL_CDL 0xe7 // '' 'C' for c, 'L' for lower, "CDL" for cedilla: ç +#define CCU_CDL 0xc7 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ç + + // e lower case variants +#define CEL_ACU 0xe9 // 'C' for Costum 'E' for e, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: é +#define CEL_CAR 0xea // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: ê +#define CEL_DIA 0xeb // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ë +#define CEL_GRA 0xe8 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: è + // E upper case variants +#define CEU_ACU 0xc9 // '' '' 'U' for uuper, "ACU" for acute: É +#define CEU_CAR 0xca // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Ê +#define CEU_DIA 0xcb // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ë +#define CEU_GRA 0xc8 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: È + + // i lower case variants +#define CIL_ACU 0xed // '' 'I' for i, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: í +#define CIL_CAR 0xee // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: î +#define CIL_DIA 0xef // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ï +#define CIL_GRA 0xec // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ì + // I upper case variants +#define CIU_ACU 0xcd // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Í +#define CIU_CAR 0xce // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Î +#define CIU_DIA 0xcf // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ï +#define CIU_GRA 0xcc // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ì + + // N with tilde +#define CNL_TLD 0xf1 // '' 'N' for n, 'L' for lower, "TLD" for tilde: ñ +#define CNU_TLD 0xd1 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ñ + + //Spanish additional symbols: +#define CEX_INV 0xa1 // '' "EX" for exclamation mark, "INV" for inverted: ¡ +#define CQU_INV 0xbf // '' "QU" for question mark, '' : ¿ + + // o lower case variants +#define COL_ACU 0xf3 // 'C' for Costum 'O' for a, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: ó +#define COL_CAR 0xf4 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: ô +#define COL_DIA 0xf6 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ö +#define COL_GRA 0xf2 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ò + // O upper case variants +#define COU_ACU 0xd3 // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Ó +#define COU_CAR 0xd4 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Ô +#define COU_DIA 0xd6 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ö +#define COU_GRA 0xd2 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ò + + // O with stroke (Scandinavia) +#define COL_STK 0xf8 // '' 'O' for o, 'L' for lower, "STK" for Stroke: ø +#define COU_STK 0xd8 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ø + + // u lower case variants +#define CUL_ACU 0xfa // 'C' for Costum 'U' for u, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: ú +#define CUL_CAR 0xfb // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: û +#define CUL_DIA 0xfc // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ü +#define CUL_GRA 0xf9 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ù + // U upper case variants +#define CUU_ACU 0xda // '' 'U' for u, 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Ú +#define CUU_CAR 0xdb // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Û +#define CUU_DIA 0xdc // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ü +#define CUU_GRA 0xd9 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ù + + // Y with acute +#define CYL_ACU 0xfd // '' 'Y' for y, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for Acute: ý +#define CYU_ACU 0xdd // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ý + // Y with diaereses +#define CYL_DIA 0xff // '' 'Y' for y, 'L' for lower, "DIA" for Diareses: ÿ +#define CYU_DIA 0x178 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ÿ + + // Dutch IJ +#define CIJL_BI 0x133 // '' 'IJ' for ij, 'L' for lower, BI for two-character: ij +#define CIJU_BI 0x132 // '' '' , 'U' for upper '' : IJ + + //German: + // sharp s +#define CSL_SHP 0xdf // '' 'S' for s, 'L' for lower, "SHP" for sharp: ß + + // Some Unicode symbols that might be handy + // Happy symbols: +#define CS_SMIL 0x1f642 // "C" for costum, "S" for symbol , "SMIL" for <smile> 🙂 +#define CS_SMILP 0x1F60A // '' , '' , "SMIL" for smile, "P" for plus: 😊 +#define CS_THUP 0x1f44d // '' , '' , "THUP" for <thumb up> 👍 + + //Sad symbols +#define CS_SAD_ 0x1f641 // '' , '' , "SAD_" for <sad face> 🙁 +#define CS_SQUIG 0x2368 // '' , '' , "SQUIG" for squigly face: ⍨ +#define CS_THDN 0x1f44e // '' , '' , "THDN" for <thumb down> 👎 + +// Punctuation +#define CS_ASTL 0x20F0 // '' , '' , "AST" for asterisk, "L" for little: ⃰ +#define CS_DASH 0x2014 // '' , '' , "DASH" for dash (a longer hyphen, if rendered correctly): — +#define CS_DQUH 0x201D // '' , '' , "D" for double, "QU" for quote, "H" for high: ” +#define CS_DQUHR 0x201C // '' , '' , '' , ,, , '' , "R" for reverse: “ +#define CS_DQUL 0x201E // '' , '' , , "L" for low: „ +#define CS_GUILLE 0xAB // '' , '' , "GUIL" for guillemet (French quotation), "LE" for left-pointing: « +#define CS_GUILRI 0xBB // '' , '' , '' , "RI" for right-pointing: » +#define CS_GUILSLE 0x2039 // '' , '' , '' , "S" for simple, "LE" for left-pointing: ‹ +#define CS_GUILSRI 0x203A // '' , '' , '' , '' , "RI" for right-pointing: › +#define CS_HQUOSB 0x201B // '' , '' , "H" for high, "QUO" for quote, "S" for single, "B" for begin: ‛ +#define CS_HQUOSE 0x2019 // '' , '' , '' '' '' , "E" for end: ’ + + // Unusual parenthesis types +#define CS_OCBRA 0x300c // '' , '' , "O" for opening, "C" for corner, "BRA" for bracket:「 +#define CS_CCBRA 0x300d // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' '' : 」 +#define CS_ODABRA 0x300a // '' '' , "O" for opening, "D" for double, "A" for angled, "BRA" for bracket:《 +#define CS_CDABRA 0x300b // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' '' '' : 》 + + // currency +#define CS_LGULDEN UNICODE_CURRENCY // '' , "L" for lower, "GULDEN" for gulden (guilder): ƒ + // ^ special case for easy user configuration +#define CS_CURREN 0xA4 // '' , '' , "CURREN" for currency, 'any currency' symbol: ¤ +#define CS_POUND 0xA3 // '' , '' , "POUND" for pound: £ +#define CS_CENT 0xA2 // '' , '' , "CENT" for cent: ¢ + + // legal +#define CS_COPY 0xA9 // '' , '' , "COPY" for copyright: +#define CS_COPYL 0x1F12F // '' , '' , "COPY" for Copyright, "L" for left: + + // circle, dots, bullet points +#define CS_BULLET 0x2022 // '' , '' , "BULLET" for bullet: • +#define CS_CIRCLE 0x3007 // '' , '' , "CIRCLE" for circle: 〇 +#define CS_DEGREE 0xB0 // '' , '' , "DEGREE" for degree: ° +#define CS_ELLIPS 0x2026 // '' , '' , "ELLIPS" for bullet: … +#define CS_FINGER 0x261E // '' , '' , "FINGER" for finger: ☞ +#define CS_MIDDOT 0x00B7 // '' , '' , "MIDDOT" for mid dot: · +#define CS_PARA 0x00A7 // '' , '' , "PARA" for paragraaf: § + + // super and sub script numbers +#define CN_0SUB 0x2080 // '' , N for number, "SUB" for sub-script or "SUP" for super-script:₀ +#define CN_0SUP 0x2070 // '' , '' , '' :⁰ +#define CN_1SUB 0x2081 // '' , '' , '' :₁ +#define CN_1SUP 0xB9 // '' , '' , '' :¹ +#define CN_2SUB 0x2082 // '' , '' , '' :₂ +#define CN_2SUP 0xB2 // '' , '' , '' :² +#define CN_3SUB 0x2083 // '' , '' , '' :₃ +#define CN_3SUP 0xB3 // '' , '' , '' :³ +#define CN_4SUB 0x2084 // '' , '' , '' :₄ +#define CN_4SUP 0x2074 // '' , '' , '' :⁴ +#define CN_5SUB 0x2085 // '' , '' , '' :₅ +#define CN_5SUP 0x2075 // '' , '' , '' :⁵ +#define CN_6SUB 0x2086 // '' , '' , '' :₆ +#define CN_6SUP 0x2076 // '' , '' , '' :⁶ +#define CN_7SUB 0x2087 // '' , '' , '' :₇ +#define CN_7SUP 0x2077 // '' , '' , '' :⁷ +#define CN_8SUB 0x2088 // '' , '' , '' :₈ +#define CN_8SUP 0x2078 // '' , '' , '' :⁸ +#define CN_9SUB 0x2089 // '' , '' , '' :₉ +#define CN_9SUP 0x2079 // '' , '' , '' :⁹ + +// Exponent symbols +#define CS_CPSUB 0x208E // '' , '' , "C" for closing, "P" for paranthesis, "SUB" for subscript: ₎ +#define CS_OPSUB 0x208D // '' , '' , "O" for opening, '' , '' : ₍ +#define CS_CPSUP 0x207E // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' , "SUP" for superscript: ⁾ +#define CS_OPSUP 0x207D // '' , '' , "O" for opening: '' , '' : ⁽ +#define CS_EXPMIN 0x207B // '' , '' , "EXP" for exponent, "MIN" for minus : ⁻ +#define CS_EXPPLS 0x207A // '' , '' , '' , "PLS" for plus : ⁺ +// Math +#define CS_ABOUT 0x2248 // '' , '' , "ABOUT" for about equal: ≈ +#define CS_CUMMU 0x2211 // '' , '' , "CUMMU" for cummulative: ∑ +#define CS_DIVI 0xF7 // '' , '' , "DIVI" for division: ÷ +#define CS_EGTHAN 0x2265 // '' , '' , "E" for equal, "G" for or-greater, "THAN" for than: ≥ +#define CS_ELTHAN 0x2264 // '' , '' , "E" for equal, "L" for or-less, "THAN" for than: ≤ +#define CS_INFIN 0x221E // '' , '' , "INFIN" for infinity: ∞ +#define CS_MULT 0xD7 // '' , '' , "MULTI" for multiplication: × +#define CS_NONE 0x2205 // '' , '' , "NONE" for empty-set / no-solution: ∅ +#define CS_PLMI 0xB1 // '' , '' , "PLMI" for plus-minus; ± +#define CS_PROM 0x2030 // '' , '' , "PROM" for promille: ‰ +#define CS_PROTT 0x2031 // '' , '' , "PRO" for pro-, "TT" for ten-thousandth: ‱ +#define CS_SQRT 0x221A // '' , '' , "SQRT" for square root: √ +#define CS_UNEQL 0x2260 // '' , '' , "UNEQL" for unequal: ≠ + +# ifdef POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES + // pointers +# define CS_CHECK_H 0x2B9B // '' , '' , "H" for Down, '' : ⮛ +# define CS_CHECK_B 0x2B98 // '' , '' , "L" for Left, "ARROW" for arrow: ⮘ +# define CS_CHECK_Y 0x2B9A // '' , '' , "R" for Right, '' : ⮚ +# define CS_CHECK_N 0x2B99 // '' , '' , "U" for UP, '' : ⮙ +# else + // checkboxes +# define CS_CHECK_H 0x1F5F9 // '' , '' , "CHECK" for check mark, "H" for heavy: 🗹 +# define CS_CHECK_B 0x2610 // '' , '' , '' , "B" for blank: ☐ +# define CS_CHECK_Y 0x2611 // '' , '' , '' , "Y" for yes: ☑ +# define CS_CHECK_N 0x2612 // '' , '' , '' , "N" for no: ☒ +# endif + +// More arrows +#define CS_ARR_DN 0x2B07 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "DN" for down: ⬇ +#define CS_ARR_LE 0x2B05 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "LE" for left: ⬅ +#define CS_ARR_RI 0x27A1 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "RI" for right: ➡ +#define CS_ARR_UP 0x2B06 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "UP" for up: ⬆ + +// More checkmarks +#define CS_BOTCH 0x2717 // '' , '' , "BOTCH" for botched: ✗ +#define CS_CHECK 0x2713 // '' , '' , "CHECK" for check mark: ✓ + +// circled numbers +#define CN_0CIRC 0x24EA // '' , "N" for number, "0" for , "CIRC" for circled: ⓪ +#define CN_1CIRC 0x2460 // '' , '' , "1" for 1, "CIRC" for circled: ① +#define CN_2CIRC 0x2461 // '' , '' , "2" for 2, "CIRC" for circled: ② +#define CN_3CIRC 0x2462 // '' , '' , "3" for 3, "CIRC" for circled: ③ +#define CN_4CIRC 0x2463 // '' , '' , "4" for 4, "CIRC" for circled: ④ +#define CN_5CIRC 0x2464 // '' , '' , "5" for 5, "CIRC" for circled: ⑤ +#define CN_6CIRC 0x2465 // '' , '' , "6" for 6, "CIRC" for circled: ⑥ +#define CN_7CIRC 0x2466 // '' , '' , "7" for 7, "CIRC" for circled: ⑦ +#define CN_8CIRC 0x2467 // '' , '' , "8" for 8, "CIRC" for circled: ⑧ +#define CN_9CIRC 0x2468 // '' , '' , "9" for 9, "CIRC" for circled: ⑨ +#define CN_10CIRC 0x2469 // '' , '' , "10" for 10, "CIRC" for circled: ⑩ +#define CN_11CIRC 0x246A // '' , '' , "11" for 11, "CIRC" for circled: ⑪ +#define CN_12CIRC 0x246B // '' , '' , "12" for 12, "CIRC" for circled: ⑫ +#define CN_13CIRC 0x246C // '' , '' , "13" for 13, "CIRC" for circled: ⑬ +#define CN_14CIRC 0x246D // '' , '' , "14" for 14, "CIRC" for circled: ⑭ +#define CN_15CIRC 0x246E // '' , '' , "15" for 15, "CIRC" for circled: ⑮ +#define CN_16CIRC 0x246F // '' , '' , "16" for 16, "CIRC" for circled: ⑯ +#define CN_17CIRC 0x2470 // '' , '' , "17" for 17, "CIRC" for circled: ⑰ +#define CN_18CIRC 0x2471 // '' , '' , "18" for 18, "CIRC" for circled: ⑱ +#define CN_19CIRC 0x2472 // '' , '' , "19" for 19, "CIRC" for circled: ⑲ + +// Box drawings +#define CB_C_LEDN 0x2513 // '' , "B" for box drawing, "C" for corner, "LE" for left, "DN" for down: ┓ +#define CB_C_LEUP 0x251B // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "LE" for left, "UP" for up: ┛ +#define CB_C_RIDN 0x250F // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "RI" for right, "DN" for down: ┏ +#define CB_C_RIUP 0x2517 // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "RI" for right, "UP" for up: ┗ +#define CB_VE 0x2503 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle: ┃ +#define CB_VE_BI 0x254B // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "BI" for bi (two): ╋ +#define CB_VE_DOT 0x2507 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "DOT" for dotted: ┇ +#define CB_VE_LE 0x252B // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "LE" for left: ┫ +#define CB_VE_RI 0x2523 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "RI" for right: ┣ +// Horizontal lines, can be used with box drawings +#define CB_HHORI 0x2501 // '' , '' , "H" for heavy, '' : ━ +#define CB_HHORID 0x2505 // '' , '' , "H" for heavy, '' , "D" for dashes: ┅ +#define CB_LHORI 0x2500 // '' , '' , "L" for light, "HORI" for horizontal: ─ +#define CB_LHORID 0x2504 // '' , '' , "L" for light, '' , "D" for dashes: ┄ + +// Signs, unusual +#define CS_ALERT 0x26A0 // '' , "S" for symbol, "ALERT" for alert/warning: ⚠ +#define CS_STARB 0x2605 // '' , '' , "STAR" for star, "B" for big: ★ +#define CS_STARL 0x66D // '' , '' , "STAR" for star, "L" for little: ٭ +#define CS_FLEUR 0x2766 // '' , '' , "FLEUR" for fleur (flower): ❦ +#define CS_HEART 0x2665 // '' , '' , "HEART" for heart: ♥ diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aad9ec2339 --- /dev/null +++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,721 @@ +/* + * License (GPL): + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + * © 2019,2020 by Jos Boersema + * + */ + + +// ------------------------------------- ⬇ -------------------------------------- +// Configuration: +// ------------------------------------- ⬇ -------------------------------------- + + // (For the non-coders: “_Remove_” means to place ‛//’ in front of a line. The rest of the line becomes a comment. + // Placing ‛//’ in front of a line, means whatever follows it will be ignored during compilation. + // “_Activate_” means to *delete* the two ‛//’ in front. Now the rest of the line *will* be compiled + // /* ... */ is another a way to turn “...” into being a comment which is ignored during compilation. + // (The documentation here is geared toward people who have no understanding about programming.) + + /* + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ---- + -- + - + Table of Contents: + + -0- ➡ Compact configuration file ⬅ + + -1- ➡ Letters / Numbers & Symbols layouts ⬅ + • Qwerty + • Qwerty with Base arrows + • Dvorak + • Dvorak descramble mode + • Colemak + • Workman + • Numpad + + -2- ➡ Eviscerations ( ① / ② ) ⬅ + • Single layout + + -3- ➡ Startup settings ⬅ + • Alternate Base + • Leds on/off at startup. + • Speed measuring + • Text size counting ⬅ + + -4- ➡ How many hardware keys 1st row ⬅ + + -5- ⚠ ≠ Minivan ⬅ + + -6- ➡ Defining the meaning of the additional hardware keys ⬅ + • Defining the additional key for 'South paw' (also called 'Command') + • Defining 'Arrow' hardware layout additional keys + + -7- ➡ Arrows/Navigation cluster ⬅ + • Navigation cluster configuration + • VI editor arrows + + -8- ➡ Number pad Configuration⬅ + + -9- ➡ Speed measuring ⬅ + + -10- ➡ Some alternative keys ⬅ + • Right Alt or hold(_RAR) on Base + • GUI left/right + • Alternate currency symbol + • Check boxes or Pointers + • Switch _ACC/_BON and *left* side _NSY/_DRA hold keys + • Switch _PAD and _MOV on Left Shift toggle + • Switch _FUN and _RAR on Right Shift toggle + + -11- ➡ Eviscerations ( ② / ② ) ⬅ + • Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer + • Removing one or more of the Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA or_BON + • Removing groups of characters + + -12- ➡ Leds ⬅ + - + -- + ---- + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + /* -0- ➡ Compact configuration file ⬅ + * + * If you _activate_ this, this whole heavily documented configuration block below + * gets skipped, and instead a bare bones configuration file with all these same options + * gets read. There is no functional difference. + * + * (You can use the compact configuration if you like that better. It can make communicating + * a configuration easier. The fully documented configuration is left in a state of default + * when uploaded to QMK, so that it gives the most commonly used layout: Qwerty with Numpad, + * basic 44 Minivan keys. The compact version its state is whatever it is.) + */ + #define MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT // _Activate_ this, to load the configuration in ./minifan_config_compact.h (note: mini‛f’an). +#ifndef MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT // (don't alter this) + + + /* -1- ➡ Letters / Numbers & Symbols layouts ⬅ + * + * Here you can configure what letters layer (BASE layer), and number&symbols layer you + * want. This is a dual layout system, so you can choose a second pair as well. You can + * switch between them with a key on the _RAR layer. All the other layers are the same, + * regardless of your choice in letter/number&symbol layers. + * + * The letters layer is the BASE layer, from which you also reach all other layers. + * The letters it has is the alphabet in its simplest form: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. + * The numbers & symbols layer has what you find on any regular keyboard: 123… !@#… []/… + * The numbers & symbols layer is made to fit the Letters layer, due to small differences + * between layouts like Qwerty and Dvorak (in this case the symbols ‛-’, ‛/’, ‛?’, and ‛_’). + * + * Example: A Qwerty letters layer, with a fitting numbers & symbols layer, as ‛Default’. + * A Dvorak letters layer, with a fitting numbers & symbols layer, as ‛Alternate’. + * + * You will be asked to configure one layout as ‛Default’ and another as ‛Alternate’. + * + * A bases layout may have locally re-defined one or more of the common layers. If you + * choose two bases layouts who re-define the same common layer locally, you will need + * to choose either one by commenting out the other. + */ + // + // • Qwerty + // (a regular Qwerty layout) + // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other. + #define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty on the ‛Default’ spot +//#define BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // Note: you still need to set if you have the additional ‛arrow’ hardware key. You + // can ignore what it should be defined as, because it will be a plain arrow on Base. + // + // • Qwerty with Base arrows + // (provides direct access to arrows) + // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other. +//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty with Base arrows on the ‛Default’ spot +//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty with Base arrows on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // + // • Dvorak + // (a regular Dvorak layout) + // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other. +//#define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Default’ spot +//#define BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // + // • Dvorak descramble mode + // (Dvorak for a computer already remapping to Dvorak) + // This layout is only available on ‛Alternate’, because of the special _HALF_ descramble mode. +//#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // + // • Colemak + // (a regular Colemak layout) + // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other. +//#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Colemak on the ‛Default’ spot +//#define BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Colemak on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // + // • Workman + // (a regular Workman layout) + // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other. +//#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Workman on the ‛Default’ spot +//#define BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Workman on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // + // • Numpad + // (a numerical keypad, one for left hand and one for right hand) + // _Activate_ to get Numpad on Alternate. There is no option for Numpad on ‛Default’ base. + #define BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Numpad on the ‛Alternate’ spot + // ➡ ➡ ➡ This Base layer has configuration options at the top of its file. See ./base_numpad.c + // + /* -2- ➡ Eviscerations ( ① / ② ) ⬅ + */ + /* • Single layout + * + * Removes the ‛Alternate’ base layers, and removes the switch key on _RAR. + * ⚠ You have to not define a ‛Alternate’ base layer pair. Define only a ‛Default’ pair. + */ +//#define MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT // _Activate_ to only have the ‛Default’ base layers, _remove_ to also have ‛Alternate’. + + + /* -3- ➡ Startup settings ⬅ + */ + /* • Alternate Base + * + * You can define which of the two BASE layers is on when powering up the keyboard. + */ +//#define STARTUP_ALTERNATE // Example: For BASES_QWERTY_DVORAK defined: _remove_ is startup in Qwerty, _active_ is + // startup in Dvorak + /* • Leds on/off at startup. + */ +//#define STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF // _Activate_ to have side leds be off at keyboard startup (when you plug it in / computer powers on). +//#define STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF // _Activate_ to have middle led be off at keyboard startup. + // + /* • Speed measuring + */ +//#define STARTUP_SPEED // _Activate_ for default speed measuring on, _remove_ to set off at startup. + // + /* • Text size counting ⬅ + */ +//#define STARTUP_COUNT // _Activate_ for default character/word counting on, _remove_ to set off at startup. + + + + /* -4- ➡ How many hardware keys 1st row ⬅ + * + * Define how many keys your keyboard has. + */ + // Default (12x12x12x8 keys) + //'Command' (12x12x12x9 keys) + key on the left + //'Arrow' (12x12x12x9 keys) + key on the right + //'South paw' + 'Arrow' (12x12x12x10 keys) +//#define MORE_KEY__COMMAND // Additional key 1st row on the left. This hardware layout is called 'Command' or 'South paw'. +//#define MORE_KEY__ARROW // Additional key 1st row (counting from row with space-bar) on the right, called 'Arrow' layout. + // + // See below for how to define your additional key(s). + + + /* -5- ⚠ ≠ Minivan ⬅ + * + * This section is for when you want to flash this keymap unto a board with more + * keys than the Minivan has. + * + * Trans-Minivan keymap: 12x12x12x11, 12x12x12x12, 12x12x12x13 keys + * Example board: Planck (12x12x12x12) + * + * It is assumed that you enabled MORE_KEY__ARROW and + * MORE_KEY__COMMAND, to get to 12x12x12x10 keys. With this you + * can get to one, two or three more keys on row 1, without manually + * editing all layers. You could first edit the definition on layers that you have + * a specific meaning for these keys, and let the rest be patched with the definitions + * here. + * + * It can help to inspect the preprocessing with > gcc -E keymap.c | less + * + * Planck keyboard + * + * The identifier TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT could help compile the layout on a Planck keyboard, + * if it has a two unit large spacebar. You compile without TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE in that case. + * All keys on the left, row 1 (closest to the user) shift one unit to the left, with TRANS_MIDLEFT + * inserted on what would be the left key of the two unit spacebar (assuming that is a key). + * + * Other keyboards formats + * + * It is always possible to just padd the rows somewhere, if you have even more keys. On the other + * hand, to try to cut this layout down to fewer keys than it has at minimum (12x12x12x8), is likely + * going to reduce its functionality, and will require some puzzling to keep a well organized BASE + * layer, and have “hold key” layer switching work correctly. + * + * FIXME: not been compiled or tested for any boards. + */ +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT ....... // Set this to something with the needed amount of keycodes. + // Your values are inserted here: [ _LTR ] = LAYOUT_redefined ( + // ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ (throughout all layers) +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the left side row 1 + #define TRANS_LEFT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE key should be, where it is not otherwise defined. + // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE is _removed_). + // +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the first key from center, row 1. + #define TRANS_MIDLEFT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE key should be on all layers at once. + // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT is _removed_). + // +//#define TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the right side row 1 + #define TRANS_RIGHT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE key should be, where it is not otherwise defined. + // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE is _removed_). + + + /* -6- ➡ Defining the meaning of the additional hardware keys ⬅ + * + * Some possibilities you might like: + * + * ① Number-pad and F-keys layers are only on a toggle. If you want them accessible on a hold key, you can use + * these additional hardware keys. Make sure to use a transparent key on that location on those layers. + * + * ② You can use the right side additional key for quick access to an arrow/navigation cluster (see below). + * + * ③ Other uses, such as a delete key and/or a special interface key your system needs. + */ + /* • Defining the additional key for 'South paw' (also called 'Command') + * + * Left side additional key. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__COMMAND is not defined. + */ + // Configure here what this key is on the BASE layers (excluding Base Numpad compile option). +//#define MORE_key1_BASE TG ( _RAR ) // _Activate_ this to get a toggle to layer _RAR. MO(_RAR) does not follow a BASE switch by ‛Other Base’. +//#define MORE_key1_BASE KC_DEL // Could be useful if you like to toggle to certain layers and stay there for a while. + #define MORE_key1_BASE KC__XGUI // (Default) (Using KC__XGUI makes sure it is the *other* GUI, relative to KC__YGUI.) + // + // Configure here what this key is on all other layers +//#define MORE_key1 KC_DEL // Configure here what this key is on all other layers (and Base Numpad). + #define MORE_key1 KC__XGUI // (Default) + // + // + /* • Defining 'Arrow' hardware layout additional keys + * + * You can create an arrow-cluster with your additional MORE_key2 hardware key on the _MOV layer. + * Either way: this new key can toggle to _MOV layer, with the key that on the _MOV layer becomes the down-arrow, + * in the middle of an arrow cluster. To do that, uncomment MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER. + * The keys that are by default defined on those keys on _MOV layer, will now be overwritten (they are not typically + * that much used there). + * + * Arrow cluster for 'arrow' layout: _activate_ MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER and _activate_ #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP + * No arrow cluster for 'arrow' layout: _remove_ MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER, and set MORE_key2 to whatever you want. + */ + #define MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER // Arrow cluster on _MOV layer. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__ARROW is not defined. + // This will cost you 'Right Alt' and 'GUI' on the _MOV layer. +//#define MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION // Additional navigation keys around arrow cluster MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER. Ignored if MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER is not defined. + // Note: this will cause mouse buttons 'BTN4' and 'BTN5' on the _MOV layer to be moved. + /* + * Define the key you want on the additional key. Leave it to _MOV_UP if you want an arrow cluster, easily + * accessed with this key. + * + * If you want to be able to type all arrow cluster keys with both GUI keys, than you cannot have this additional + * arrow cluster around the ‛arrow’ additional hardware key, because it eats away the GUI just to the left of + * that additional hardware key. + * + * For typing both GUIs with the navigation cluster, you also need the left side additional hardware key. In this + * case, you can still set the optional hardware key on the right to _MOV_UP, but that is marginally useful + * as you already have that on Left Shift. + * + * When aiming to type all normally available keys on a 100% keyboard with all modifiers including GUIs, you + * could use the right hand side optional hardware key (‛arrow’), because it causes the right side GUI to be + * available there. (This kind of stuff affects rare or even never used keyboard shortcuts.) + */ + #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP // Right side additional key. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__ARROW is not defined. +//#define MORE_key2 KC_DEL // More or less a random suggestion. Harmonizes well with “.DEL” on Numbers Pad. + // It is convenient to have an uncluttered Delete key on the Base layer. +//#define MORE_key2 <...your choice...> // Right side additional key. + // + + + /* -7- ➡ Arrows/Navigation cluster ⬅ + */ + /* • Navigation cluster configuration + * + * _Activate_ below line to use a "WASD" type layout (on the spot where WASD is in Qwerty). + * _Remove_ if you prefer a flat type layout, with arrows in a row, on the right hand. + */ + #define ARROWS_TRIANGLE // Implies mouse is also similarly in a triangle. + /* + * • VI editor arrows + * + * Vi is a famous editor, with its own peculiar text cursor movement arrangement (arrows). + * This option modifies the flat arrows layout on the right hand, to be like the “HJKL” + * arrows in the editor vi(1). “HJKL” meaning: the 7th to 10th key on the 3rd row. + * The arrows on the additional MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER also get harmonized to be like vi. + */ +//#define VI_SWITCHERYDOO // You have to _remove_ ARROWS_TRIANGLE, or this gets ignored. + + + /* -8- ➡ Number pad Configuration⬅ + * + * This concerns the Numbers Pad layer, which is part of the common layers (not the Bse + * layer, which also has a Numbers Pad option). + * + * There are two compile versions for the number pad layer ‛_PAD’, in the common layers. + * + * _Activate_ the below to have the numbers pad _PAD layer resemble the squared layout of + * a numerical keyboard, allowing to type all numbers with the right hand. + * _Remove_ the below to have the numbers in this layer follow the layout of the _NSY layer, + * with the numbers on a line from left to right on the home row, across both hands. + */ +//#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE // _Activate_ to resemble a one handed numerical keyboard. + + + /* -9- ➡ Speed measuring ⬅ + */ + /* + * Led color configuration. You can see the speed you have configured below directly on the keyboard, + * after you compiled and flashed it. + * Set speed measuring to <off>. + * Hold the 'Report' key for one second, then release. The keyboard prints a number, which is the + * amount of characters per second for which that color is then being shown. Hold it again for + * a second, and it increments. Toggle speed measuring on/off to restart. + * You can play with the below settings until you like the result. + * + * The default values (8, 160 respectively) are starting at blue, avoiding confusion with default + * cyan for BASE layer, going to purple and further avoiding confusion with text size counting. + * Very fast typers could reach red, and then it goes further to yellow, etc. + */ + #define SPEED_COUNTDOWN 25 // After how many keypresses to update the effect(s). + #define SPEED_HUE_STEP 8 // For each key/sec faster, the hue value of HSV goes this step further. + #define SPEED_HUE_START 160 // The starting hue for 0 k/s (0 = 255 = red). + /* + * Speed report in words-per-minute (wpm) rather than keystrokes-per-second (k/s). wpm = k/s * ⁶⁰/₅ = k/s * 12 + */ + #define WORDS_PER_MINUTE // _Activate_ to get speed report in words-per-minute, _remove_ to get it in keystrokes-per-second (k/s). + + + /* -10- ➡ Some alternative keys ⬅ + */ + /* + * • Right Alt or hold(_RAR) on Base + * + * _Activate_ below line to get Right-Alt or Alt-Gr (same thing) on Base. + * A short tap results in RAlt briefly pressed, plus Right-Arrow. + * When pressed with another key, however short, results only in RAlt, and no Right-Arrow. + * Held a little longer than tapping it, results in only RAlt being pressed, no Right-Arrow. + * + * _Remove_ to have a layer hold key to the _RAR layer there, instead of RAlt, together with tapped Right-Arrow. + */ +//#define BASE_RIGHT_ALT // _Activate_ to get Right-Alt instead of _RAR on Base layer. + /* + * • GUI left/right + * + * _Activate_ below line to have LGUI (also called OS or Win key, etc) where RGUI is, + * and RGUI where LGUI is. + */ +//#define SWITCH_GUIS // _Activate_ this if you want LGUI on the BASE layer rather than RGUI, despite that spot being on the right. + /* + * • Alternate currency symbol + * + * _Activate_ the below to get a Euro symbol, where ƒ (Dutch Guilder) is on the default map (_DRA layer). + */ + #define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x20ac // Hex number, euro symbol €. The unicode hex number for position ƒ in the default keymap. + /* + * • Check boxes or Pointers + * + * You can have these symbols (checkboxes): ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 + * or these (pointers): ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛ + */ +//#define POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES // _Activate_ to get arrows, _remove_ to get checkboxes on _DRA layer. + /* + * • Switch _ACC/_BON and *left* side _NSY/_DRA hold keys + * + * If you type a lot of _ACC layer (accented keys), and not much _DRA layer, you might like to + * switch the _ACC hold key, and the left side _NSY key, if you find it awkward to reach to the + * left with your thumb. These two keys are next to each other. Only the Base layer is affected. + */ +//#define SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY // _Activate_ to switch the *left* _NSY and _ACC layer hold keys, on Base layer. + /* + * • Switch _PAD and _MOV on Left Shift toggle + * + * Recommended if you use _MOV more than _PAD + */ +//#define SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV // _Activate_ to make _MOV layer be on the fast tap, and _PAD on a short hold toggle + /* + * • Switch _FUN and _RAR on Right Shift toggle + * + * Recommended if you use _RAR more than _FUN + */ +//#define SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR // _Activate_ to make _RAR layer be on the fast tap, and _FUN on a short hold toggle + + + /* -11- ➡ Eviscerations ( ② / ② ) ⬅ + */ + /* • Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer + * + * You may have no use for this common layer, if you have a numerical keypad on the Alternate Base already. + * + * ⚠ Note: ./base_numpad.h can overrides this setting, if compiled with that ‛Base layers’. + */ +//#define REMOVE_PAD // _Activate_ to strip out the _PAD layer, _remove_ to have the _PAD layer. + // + /* • Removing one or more of the Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA or_BON + */ + /* Removes the _ACC layer, optionally redirect its key. This can save some 750 bytes. + */ +//#define REMOVE_ACC // _Activate_ to strip out the _ACC layer, _remove_ to have the _ACC layer. + /* Unless REMOVE_ACC is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _ACC key(s) are ignored. */ +//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _BON instead. +//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _DRA instead. + /* + * + * Removes the _DRA layer, optionally redirect its key. Also saves some 750 bytes. + */ +//#define REMOVE_DRA // _Activate_ to strip out the _DRA layer, _remove_ to have the _DRA layer. + /* Unless REMOVE_DRA is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _DRA key(s) are ignored. */ +//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _ACC instead. +//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _BON instead. + /* + * + * Removes the _BON layer, optionally redirect its key. Also saves some 750 bytes. + */ +//#define REMOVE_BON // _Activate_ to strip out the _BON layer, _remove_ to have the _BON layer. + /* Unless REMOVE_BON is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _BON key(s) are ignored. */ +//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _BON, go to _ACC instead. +//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _BON, go to _DRA instead. + /* + * + * • Removing groups of characters + */ + /* + * The below cut out an amount of symbols on a given layer, to simplify and/or reduce firmware size a little. + */ +//#define ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS // _Activate_ this to _remove_ the below all at once. (Seems to save only ±114 bytes) + // + #define BOX_DRAWINGS // _Activate_ to get box drawings on _BON. Horizontal lines (━─┄┅) on _DRA are not affected. + // Affected on rows 2 and 3: ┣┫┏┗┃┇┛┓ + // Full, 3rd row, boxdr.: Ctrl ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — + // Full, 2nd row, boxdr.: LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht + // + // 3rd row, no boxdrawing: Ctrl ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — + // 2nd row, no boxdrawing: LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ≠ ✗ ✓ ⚠ « » RSht + // + #define SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS // _Activate_ to get subscript numbers (₁₂₃…₀) on _DRA. + // Affected on row 3: ₁₂₃₄₅₆₇₈₉₀ + // Thinned out 3rd row: xxx ¹ ² ³ ⁴ ⁵ ⁶ ⁷ ⁸ ⁹ ⁰ xxx + // Full 3rd row: xxx ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ xxx + // + #define FULL_DRA_2NDROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _DRA, 2nd row. + // Affected: 「 」 〇 § · 🗹 《 》 + // Full 2nd row: LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ Rsht + // Thinned out 2nd row: LSht ━ ─ ° • … ☐ ☑ ☑ ¿¡ ┄ ┅ RSht + // + #define FULL_DRA_4THROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _DRA, 4th row. + // Affected 4th row: „ ≤ ≥ ∅ ¢ ƒ ❦ 🙂 🙁 👍 👎 ⁽ ₍ ⁾ ₎ + // Full 4th row: BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ ❦ ♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bkspc + // Thinned out 4th row: BASE “ ” £ ± ♥ Bkspc + // + #define FULL_BON_4THROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _BON, 4th row. + // Affected 4th row: 🛠 ¤ ∑ ‱ ٭ 😊 ⍨ ⃰ ⁻ ⁺ 🄯 © + // Full 4th row: BASE ‛🛠 ’⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰‱ ★٭ 😊⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻⁺ Bkspc + // Thinned out 4th row: BASE ‛ ’⬆ ‰ ★ × Bkspc + // + + + /* -12- ➡ Leds ⬅ + * + * Leds off for the Default Base Layer. + * Implies: no indication on Default Base for: Caps-lock, typing speed, typing amount done of a limit. + * Speed / typing amount will be visible by going to another layer. + */ +//#define LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // _Activate_ to make leds dark when in ‛Default Base’ layer. + +// ------------------------------------- ⬆ -------------------------------------- +// Below here no more comfortable configuration options..... +// There may be configuration options in the layout ./bases_....h file you chose. +// ------------------------------------- ⬆ -------------------------------------- + +#else // (ignore this) +# include "./minifan_config_compact.h" +#endif // MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT + + +// ------------------------------------- ⬇ -------------------------------------- +// Base layer headers +// ------------------------------------- ⬇ -------------------------------------- + +// * Numpad * +# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_numpad.h" // Numbers pad header +# endif +// * Qwerty Base Arrow * +# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE) +# include "./base_qwerty_basearrow.h" // Your Keymap header/configuration file. +# endif + +// // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h #include here: + +// * YOUR KEYMAP * +// # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE) +// # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h" // Your Keymap header/configuration file. +// # endif + +// // ⬆ + +// ------------------------------------- ⬆ -------------------------------------- +// Base layer headers are best #included here, so the preprocessor statements +// following the user configuration block can pick up on anything that was set. +// +// Example: base_numpad.h _activate_ ‛REMOVE_PAD’. Based upon that, the preprocessor +// constant ‛_PAD’ is changed into ‛_FUN’ in the below statements. +// ------------------------------------- ⬆ -------------------------------------- + + + +// The below sets some things up based on the above #defines. + +// This is sort of a hack. It re-defines _ALT_BASE and _ALT_NSY to point to the same +// layer as _DEF_BASE and _DEF_NSY, because there are quite a few references to the +// former and putting #if then around each one complicated the code even more. If needed, +// it can be changed later. This option already reduces firmware size, so we should be +// well below the maximum. +# ifdef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT +# define _ALT_BASE _DEF_BASE +# define _ALT_NSY _DEF_NSY +# endif + +// This triggers the compilation of special _HALF_ descramble mode, where you access +// the Unicode layers without passing them through the descramble system (middle led +// lit on _RAR_ when cycling through the base layers with ‛Other Base’ key). +# ifdef BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE +# define DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF +# endif + +// Prevent likely erroneous configuration. If no 'Arrow' hardware layout, then not patching in an arrow cluster. +# if !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) && defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) +# undef MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER +# endif + +# if !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) && defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) +# undef MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION +# endif +# if !defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) +# undef MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION // Only navigation keys, when the are arrows defined. +# endif + +// When choosing 'triangle' arrows, then they go left. Not 'triangle' arrows, than right. +# ifdef ARROWS_TRIANGLE + /* _Activate_ below line to put the arrows on the left, comment out to have arrows right. */ +# define ARROWS_LEFT // Implies mouse is right +# endif + + +// Set up user GUI choice: +# ifndef SWITCH_GUIS +# define KC__XGUI KC_LGUI // Name logic is alphabetic order left to right …X (…) …Y in layout definitions.. +# define KC__YGUI KC_RGUI // .. meaning KC__XGUI is left on the keymap, KC__YGUI is right. +# endif + +# ifdef SWITCH_GUIS +# define KC__XGUI KC_RGUI +# define KC__YGUI KC_LGUI +# endif + + +// Define the layout macro for the amount of hardware keys. +// These for Minivan are defined up in the code tree. +# if !defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) +# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT // Default (8 keys on 1st row) +# endif + +# if !defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) +# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_arrow // Additional key 1st row on the right. 'Arrow' +# endif + +# if defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) +# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_command // Additional key 1st row on the left. 'Command' +# endif + +# if defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) +# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_arrow_command // Additional keys 1st row both left and right. 'Arrow' + 'Command' +# endif + +# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT +# undef LAYOUT_redefined +# define LAYOUT_redefined TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT +# endif + + +// Process user config setting for speed measuring +# ifdef STARTUP_SPEED +# define SPEED_INIT_VALUE TRUE +# else +# define SPEED_INIT_VALUE FALSE +# endif +// Process user config setting for text size measuring +# ifdef STARTUP_COUNT +# define COUNT_INIT_VALUE TRUE +# else +# define COUNT_INIT_VALUE FALSE +# endif + + +// Get all key reductions at once +# ifdef ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS +# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS +# undef BOX_DRAWINGS +# endif + +# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS +# undef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS +# endif + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW +# undef FULL_DRA_2NDROW +# endif + +# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW +# undef FULL_DRA_4THROW +# endif + +# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW +# undef FULL_BON_4THROW +# endif +# endif + +// This resolves compiling “TO (_BON)” on the _FUN layer. +# ifdef REMOVE_BON +# undef _BON +# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER +# define _BON _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER // To what user wants +# else +# define _BON _FUN // void behavior +# endif +# endif + +// This resolves compiling “TO (_PAD)” on the _FUN layer. +# ifdef REMOVE_PAD +# undef _PAD +# define _PAD _FUN // void behavior +# endif + +// If the _ACC layer hold key has no function anymore because the layers _ACC and _BON to which it +// switches have been removed, and no alternative use been set, that key reverts to being KC_DEL, +// and the whole macro CHOLTAP_ACCE it normally activates gets cut. +# if defined(REMOVE_ACC) \ + && !defined(_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \ + && defined(REMOVE_BON) \ + && !defined(_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER) +# define CHOLTAP_ACCE KC_DEL // replaces in the keymap +# define CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // cuts CHOLTAP_ACCE out of macros +# endif + +// Here all Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA and _BON have been removed, and none of their key(s) has +// been re-assigned to a useful purpose. That makes that whole system redundant, so it is simplified. +# if defined(REMOVE_ACC) \ + && !defined(_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \ + && defined(REMOVE_DRA) \ + && !defined(_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \ + && defined(REMOVE_BON) \ + && !defined(_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER) +# define CHOLTAP_ACCE KC_DEL // replaces in the keymap +# define CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // cuts CHOLTAP_ACCE out of macros +# define DUO_HOLD_BASIC // cuts out the long DUO_HOLD macro, replaces it with a simple 'descramble'-aware hold(_NSY/_DDN) +# endif |